Post Archive

Region: Commonwealth of Liberty

History

[list][sup]

(Kuomintang) Republic of China / (國民黨)中華民國

[/sup]

NATIONALISTS, COMMUNISTS, AND THE WAR AGAINST JAPAN

民 族 主 義 者 、共 產 黨 人 和 對 日 戰 爭

[sub]January of 1941 | 1941 年 1 月

[/sub]

[list]

[sub]

Who's the real enemy? | 誰是真正的敵人?:[/sub]

[sub]In China, Japan is battling a restless combination of Nationalists and Communists, not a single nation. Generalissimo Chiang Kai-shek cannot defeat Japan without the support of the Communist soldiers. However, Chiang must not overpay for their assistance to the point where, once Japan is defeated, the Communists will take control of the Chinese government. As a result, Chiang has had to adopt a flexible policy of providing the Communists with enough guns, money, and freedom of action to keep them fighting Japan, but not enough to allow them to seize control of South China. Chiang appeared to have outmaneuvered the Communists last week in the face of such an attempt. [/sub]

[sub]General Ye Ting, a KMT Moscow-trained general, was organized to combat Japan in the Middle Yangtze Valley. The Fourth Route Army, which had been organized to face Japan in the Middle Yangtze Valley, had grown into a strong force. Meanwhile, China's virtually independent Communist Government had put pressure on Chiang to enable its ruthless Eighth Route Army to deploy from the arid northwestern provinces into the Yangtze Valley. Chiang ordered General Yeh to march his army northward out of the Valley, fearful that the Fourth Route Army and the Eighth would be two Trojan Horses in his camp. The Army instead marched south. It ran into Chiang's Central Army south of the river and was shot at. [/sub]

[sub]Chinese battled Chinese for nine days. Then General Yeh was captured after being wounded. He was detained by the Generalissimo pending a court martial. He abolished the Fourth Route Army. The Communist delegate to Chiang, Chou Enlai, shrewdly declared that there would be no more “friction.” [/sub]

[sub]The Whampoa (West Point) clique of Chinese generals, who despise and mistrust the Communists and are envious of the prominence lavished on the Fourth and Eighth Route Armies, won this battle. China, on the other hand, did not win. The fact that the Communists dread Japan more than they fear Chiang Kai-shek has kept them fighting for Chiang. China's jig would be turned if Japan (or Russia) could persuade the Communists that they had less to fear from Japan (or Russia) than from Chiang Kai-shek, would give in.

[/sub]

[sub]

在中国,日本正在与国民党和共产党人的不安结合,而不是一个国家。没有共产党士兵的支持,蒋介石委员长不可能打败日本。但是,蒋不能为他们的援助付出过多的代价,以至于一旦日本被打败,共产党就会控制中国政府。结果,蒋不得不采取灵活的政策,为共产党人提供足够的枪支、金钱和行动自由,让他们继续与日本作战,但不足以让他们控制华南。面对这样的企图,蒋在上周似乎已经战胜了共产党。[/sub]

[sub]国民党莫斯科训练的将军叶挺被组织在长江中游与日本作战。组建在长江中游与日本对峙的四路军已经成长为一支强大的力量。与此同时,中国几乎独立的共产党政府向蒋施压,要求其残酷的八路军从干旱的西北省份部署到长江流域。蒋令叶将军将他的军队向北进军出山谷,担心四路军和八军将成为他营地的两支特洛伊木马。军队反而向南进军。它在江南撞到蒋的中央军并被枪杀。[/sub]

[sub]中国人与中国人战斗了九天。然后叶将军负伤被俘。他被蒋委员长拘留,等待军事法庭审判。他废除了四路军。共产党驻蒋代表周恩来精明地宣称,不会再有“摩擦”。[/sub]

[sub]鄙视共产党、不信任共产党、羡慕四路军、八路军的显赫地位的中国将领黄埔(西点军校)集团赢得了这场战斗。另一方面,中国没有获胜。共产党对日本的恐惧超过了对蒋介石的恐惧,这一事实使他们一直为蒋而战。如果日本(或俄罗斯)能够让共产党人相信他们对日本(或俄罗斯)的恐惧比对蒋介石的恐惧要小,那么中国的夹具就会转向。

[/sub]

[sub]

[/sub]

🇹🇼 🇹🇼 🇹🇼

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Pontianus, Kotakuan Ii, Ranponian, East Germany Ddr, New Provenance, Alaroth, Nileya

[list][sub]FEBRUARY 1941[/sub]

[sub]THE NORTH AFRICA UNIT[/sub][/list]

[list]| [sub]EINHEIT NORDAFRIKA ZUR VORBEREITUNG UND PLANUNG DER DEUTSCHEN EINSÄTZE IN NORDAFRIKA EINGERICHTET[/sub]

[sub]| NORTH AFRICA UNIT ESTABLISHED TO PREPARE AND PLAN FOR GERMAN DEPLOYMENTS IN NORTH AFRICA[/sub][/list]

—

[sub]| BERLIN | By mid-January 1941, it was obvious that Germany's primary ally in this Second Great War, Italy, was neck-deep in trouble. The Commonwealth nations, united under the British crown, formed a Coalition between Cairo, Khartoum and the Cape, strengthening their strength by uniting to place immense pressure on Italian military forces, especially in East Africa where Axis forces are separated by Allied-controlled territories and a Suez Canal now closed to Axis vessels. Since December, the German Chancellor had recognized the potential of Germany deploying military divisions to North Africa, but was advised against doing so in anticipation for the long-awaited Operation Sealion, which would see the fall of Britain. Opponents of the establishment of a Nordafrika Korps (North Africa Corps) said that focus should be placed on Britain itself rather than its colonies, and it was already deemed 'likely' that with the fall of Britain, the Commonwealth nations would follow suit. Among the opponents to the establishment of a Nordafrika Korps include the Minister for Production, the Minister for National Defense, the Minister for Trade, the commander-in-chief of the Kriegsmarine and the commander-in-chief of the Luftwaffe, as well as a group of four naval admirals who signed a joint statement.[/sub]

[sub]On the other hand, however, proponents of the establishment of a Nordafrika Korps argued that France had fallen, but her colonies now continued to stand defiantly, led by the Free French Forces and General Charles De Gaulle. Proponents stated that it was 'extremely likely' that Britain would follow the same path, with the country evacuating its military forces and Government to continue the fight from Canada or the British African territories after the fall of the British Isles. While, the proponents said, it was a given that Sealion would provide a morale boost for the German military and the population, who were suffering under supply shortages amidst embargoes from most nations, the risk that came with sacrificing German military divisions to get a reward that wasn't even confirmed to be obtainable could not be taken.[/sub]

[list][list][sub]"We cannot risk 200,000 or even 300,000 men for an operation that is not even guaranteed to succeed in its objective of knocking out Britain and its colonies. France perseveres already; who is to say Britain won't do the same?"

[list]— KONSTANTIN VON FISCHER, Staatsminister for Foreign Affairs[/sub][/list][/list][/list]

[sub]To the surprise of his Cabinet, the Chancellor announced on 7 January 1941 that he would be supporting the establishment of a 'research, planning and investigative unit' to prepare for the 'serious possibility' of German military deployments to Italy and Italian Libya, in North Africa. The German High Command would place its support behind investigating the feasibility of German deployments in North Africa while preparing simultaneously for Operation Sealion, slated for summer 1941, on 11 January, at a key meetig with several top generals from the frontlines. The Chancellor signed Directive 1901-1941 on 19 January 1941, officiating the establishment of the 'Untersuchungsrat zu den Operationen in Nordafrika' (UZON), or the Council of Inquiry on Operations in North Africa, which reported directly to the Intelligence Directorate, the High Command and the Chancellor himself.[/sub]

[sub]On 2 February 1941, at a meeting with UZON officials, composed of several military commanders, High Command members, and experts on North Africa as well as diplomatic representatives and observers from Italy and the Kriegsmarine and Luftwaffe, the Chancellor signed Directive 0202-1941, which renamed the Council of Inquiry on Operations in North Africa to the North Africa Unit, or the Einheit Nordafrika (ETNA), after a preliminary plan for the dispatching of an initial force of 60,000 troops, split into four divisions, of 15,000 each, as well as a complement of 125 Panzer III and 95 Panzer II, as well as 15 Panzer I tanks organized into three armored divisions, were laid down before the Chancellor.[/sub]

[sub]5 February 1941 would see the High Command granting its green-light to the setting aside of military divisions as outlined by Einheit Nordafrika for the purposes of deployment to the North Africa theater under the name 'Afrika Korps', to be led by famed war commander General Erwin Rommel.[/sub]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paseo, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Pontianus, Kotakuan Ii, Ranponian, East Germany Ddr, Alaroth, Adriatican Islands, Nileya

[list]February 1941

[sub]The Nalundasan Verdict[/sub][/list]

[list][list][pre]SUPREME COURT JUSTICE JOSE P. LAUREL RULES IN NALUNDASAN CASE, CONVICTS FERDINAND MARCOS

SI SUPREME COURT JUSTICE JOSE P LAUREL, NAG-RULE NA SA NALUNDASAN CASE; CONVICTED SI FERDINAND MARCOS[/pre][/list][/list]

| [sub]The high profile Nalundasan Case, between the family of slain Assemblyman-elect Julio Nalundasan and the family of Nalundasan political rival Mariano Marcos. For months, and almost two years in fact, the Marcos and Nalundasan family clash first in provincial court then in the Supreme Court held the nation's curiosity and the attention of its experts, scholars and ordinary Filipino folk. Julio Nalundasan, then a newly-elected official to the National Assembly, was assassinated in his home in 1935. Mariano Marcos and his son, Ferdinand Marcos, were acquitted of the crime by a provincial court but in 1939 were convicted by a higher court. The Marcos family appealed the decision with the Supreme Court of the Philippines in 1939, but the case dragged on as the Nalundasan family, with the backing of prominent officials like President Manuel L. Quezon, Vice President Sergio Osmena, and the Nacionalista Party, fought back against acquiting Ferdinand Marcos, at this time 27 years old. However, in January 1941, the Supreme Court en banc declared that it was prepared to deliver a verdict, after months of delays and court fighting between the two families.[/sub] |

| [sub]Many were expecting the chief justice on the case, Justice Jose P. Laurel, to rule in favor of the Marcoses and Ferdinand Marcos's acquitting, as he had expressed his view that Marcos could still 'pay forward' to society. However, at the last minute, and controversially, potentially thanks to the intervention of President Quezon himself, Justice Laurel declared that his opinion on the case 'had changed' and would require several more days to deliberate. As such, the date of the verdict's release was moved from 27 January 1941 to 4 February 1941. On that day, Filipinos gathered outside the Supreme Court building in Manila while the Marcos and Nalundasan families arrived to hear the verdict. Supreme Court Justice Jose P. Laurel presided, and delivered the final verdict, ruled to be final and executory:[/sub] |

[list][sub]"This ruling verdict, on the case of Nalundasan v. Marcos, is decided to be final and executory. This day, the Fourth of February, of the Year of Our Lord 1941, on behalf of the Supreme Court of the Commonwealth of the Philippines, by eight to seven votes, I hereby rule AGAINST Ferdinand Emmanuel Edralin Marcos, convicted of first degree murder with deliberate intent and premeditation, and hereby sentence Ferdinand Emmanuel Edralin Marcos to execution. This verdict is final and executory."[/sub]

[list][sub]— THE HON. JOSE P. LAUREL, Supreme Court Justice[/sub][/list][/list]

| [sub]And on that day, the fourth of February, in the year of 1941, Ferdinand Emmanuel Edralin Marcos was sentenced to death by the Supreme Court of the Commonwealth of the Philippines, convicted of first degree murder with deliberate intent and premeditation. The Marcos family were also ordered to pay $1,500 in damages to the Nalundasan family as monetary compensation. The case's verdict was shocking, but set the precedent that despite how much promise you hold as a person, in the Philippine Islands, a crime is a crime.[/sub] |

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Ranponian, Alaroth, Adriatican Islands, Nileya

THE MUTAWAKKILITE KINGDOM OF YEMEN: LAND OF FRANKINCESE AND MYRRH Part 1

897 - 1934

The first Zaidi Yemeni State was created in 897 CE when al-Hadi ila'l-Haqq Yahya, grandson of al-Qasim ar-Rassi who was a son of Ali ibn Abu Talib, the son-in-law of Muhammad and first Shi'a imam, was made the Iman of the Zaydi branch of Shi'a Islam and established the Rassid dynasty which ruled Yemen with few interruption till this day. Al-Hadi introduced a multitude of policies and practices that evolved into the particular Yemenite Zaidiyyah brand. The efforts of al-Hadi eventually became the basic guidelines for the religious as well as political characteristics of Yemeni Zaydism. Al-Hadi, however, was not able to consolidate his rule in all of Yemen. He could not even create an enduring state in the highlands, due to the strong localism persisting in the region. There were revolts as well as segments of the population that did not accept his and his successors' pretensions to religio-political rule.

Although he did not succeed in establishing any permanent administrative infrastructure, al-Hadi's descendants, and other Alid clans who arrived in his company, became the local aristocracy of the northern highlands. It is from among them that the imams of Yemen were selected for the next one thousand years. The imams were usually chosen from the offspring of al-Qasim ar-Rassi and more specifically of al-Hadi, but on at least eight occasions they were picked from other lines descending from Muhammad's grandsons Hasan and Husain. Yemen throughout most of that period was only rarely a unified political entity; in fact, what has included within its frontiers varied widely, and it has not been governed consistently or uniformly by any single set of rulers except for brief periods. It existed as a part of a number of different political systems/ruling dynasties between the ninth and sixteenth centuries, after which it became a part of the Ottoman Empire.

After Imam al-Hadi's death in 911, his sons took over the imamate in turn, although it was not hereditary but rather elective among the descendants of Muhammad. From the eleventh to the early seventeenth centuries, however, the imams were usually not chosen from the sons of the former imam, but the title rather circulated among the various Rassid branches. Meanwhile, a multitude of smaller dynasties and families established themselves in the highlands, as well as in the Tihamah (the low coastal plain) where the imams rarely gained influence. Among the better known of these are the Yu'firids (847–997), the Najahids (1021–1158), the Sulayhids (1047–1138), the Zuray'ids (1080–1174), and the Hatimids (1098–1174).[5] It was during this period, when the Fatimid Caliphate was influential, that a portion of the population was converted to Isma'ilism.

Beginning with the conquest of Yemen by the family of Salah ad-Din ibn Ayyub (Saladin) in 1174, a series of dynasties exercised a modicum of control and administration in Yemen for roughly the next 400 years; these are, in chronological sequence, the Ayyubids, from 1174 to 1229; the Rasulids, from 1229 to 1454; the Tahirids, from 1454 to 1517; and the Mamluks, from 1517 to 1538, when the Ottoman Empire took the Tihamah. During most of this period, the dynasties and their rulers were primarily engaged in familial, regional, and occasionally sectarian disputes. Ironically, the Sunni Rasulids, who eventually concentrated their rule in southern Yemen for precisely that reason, were the dynasty under which the region experienced the greatest economic growth and political stability.

For part of the medieval era the Zaydiyyah imams were eclipsed by the lowland dynasties, and for long periods there would be no imam at all (especially in 1066–1138 and 1171–1187). From the end of the thirteenth century the political fortunes of the Zaydiyya imams revived somewhat. They were able to hold their own against the Rasulids and Tahirids and sometimes expand their territory. Often however, and especially after 1436, the imamate was split between several contenders.

Eventually, the Europeans entered the Middle East, specifically the Portuguese and then others, in the effort to control the Red Sea trade. For the Zaydiyya imams, however, the Ottomans constituted the greater external threat. Ottoman expeditions managed to defeat the highland tribesmen in the mid decades of the sixteenth century. From the early seventeenth century al-Mansur al-Qasim, belonging to one of the Rassid branches (later known as the Qasimids or Yemeni Zaidi State), raised the standard of rebellion. His son al-Mu'ayyad Muhammad managed to gather the entire Yemen under his authority, expel the Turks, and establish an independent political entity. For a time, the imams ruled a comprehensive territory, including South Yemen and areas even further to the east. Their economic base was strengthened by the coffee trade of the coastal entrepot Mocha. Unlike in the previous practice, the Qasimids or Yemeni Zaidi State ruled as a hereditary dynasty.

The power of the Yemeni Zaidi State or Imamate declined in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries, especially in the wake of the Wahhabi invasions after 1800. The territory controlled by the imams shrank successively after 1681, and the lucrative coffee trade declined with new producers in other parts of the world. The Qasimid state or Yemeni Zaidi State has been characterized as a "quasi-state" with an inherent tension between tribes and government, and between tribal culture and learned Islamic morality. The imams themselves adopted the style of Middle East monarchies, becoming increasingly distant figures. As a result, they eventually lost their charismatic and spiritual position among the tribes of Yemen. The imamate was further eclipsed by the second coming of the Turks to lowland Yemen in 1848, and to the highlands in 1872. However, the Ottoman troops were never able to entirely quell resistance against Ottoman rule. The occupants were eventually driven out by 1918, by Iman Yahya Muhammad Hamid ed-Din (a Qasimid side-branch) who created the Mutawakkilite Kingdom of Yemen (naming the kingdom after one of his own names, Mutawakkil. Its meaning is "having faith in Allah".) as both King and Iman. In 1932, the governments of Yemen and the Kingdom of Iraq signed a treaty which led to the training of Yemeni Army officers in Iraq. In 1934 the Saudi-Yemeni war ended with Yemen losing the Yemeni Tihamah region including the city of Saada, thus becoming landlocked nation.

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Ranponian, Vancouver Straits, New Provenance, Alaroth

THE MUTAWAKKILITE KINGDOM OF YEMEN: LAND OF FRANKINCESE AND MYRRH Part 2

1934-1941

After the war King-Iman Yahya redirected his energies toward internal consolidation of his authority and the creation of a viable central government, answerable to him personally. To this end, control of the hinterland was strengthened by the establishment of a standing army and the naming of his sons as governors of key provinces. Tighter control over affairs in Sana'a, the capital, was assured by expanding the scope of administrative functions and appointing other sons as supervisors of old and new political institutions. The kingdom sent Yemen’s student aboard including Yahya’s grandson Muhammad al-Badr. An early attempt was made to introduce some direction to the nascent national economy by the establishment of a Yemen trading company. Even with these changes, Yahya's Yemen was a semi-feudal state in which even the most basic measures required his personal approval. In late 1940s Yahya’s 14 years old grandson and the son of the Crown Prince, Muhammad al-Badr realized that Yemen will not be able to become a fully centralized and strong modern Arab Kingdom as long as his grandfather is on the throne, so he decided to take the throne for himself. Muhammad al-Badr travel throughout the Kingdom, under the guise of inspecting the country, to gather and to convince the Yemeni tribes, the army, and the royal guard to support him and his plan to overthrow his grandfather and bypass his father to become the new King and Imam of Yemen. Eventually he managed to gain the support of all the Yemeni tribes and the army to support him. He did this by promising the tribesmen chiefs positions in the government and his relationships with many of the young officers and generals in the army and the royal guard that he made when they were studies overbroad.

Muhammad al-Badr began the takeover on February 20th, a few days after his 15th birthday, he and the army surrounded the royal palace and the royal guard let them in freely. Yahya was shock and felt betrayed when he was surrounded by military and the royal guards and was told by his grandson Muhammad al-Badr to abdicate the throne to him. Yahya was enraged that he grabbed his weapon and ran toward his grandson intending to kill him, but one of the army officers shot him and kill him before he even reaches Muhammad. Muhammad al-Badr announce to the nation the death of his grandfather and his ascension to throne as the next King and Imam. His father, the Crown Prince Ahmed bin Yahya, enraged that he was being bypass by his grandson to the succession to the throne and tried to gather support to gain the throne from his son but no one came to support him and he was forced by the army into exile and went to Egypt. Soon the other sons of the former King-Imam Yahya was made to swear loyalty to their new King and Imam and recognized Muhammad al-Badr as rightful successor to the throne. On February 22th, Muhammad al-Badr was crowned as the new King and Imam of Yemen at his coronation and will rule the Kingdom without any regency as he prove himself to be a competent ruler. He then fulfils his promised to the tribes who supported him by giving them position in the government and appointed few as governors. Thus begin the reign of King-Imam Muhammad al-Badr.

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Ranponian, New Provenance, Islahh, Alaroth

[list][sub]March-December 1940[/sub]

[sub]Summary of Canadian Events (1940)[/sub]

[sub]PARLIAMENT HILL, CITY OF OTTAWA, PROVINCE OF ONTARIO, (Canovia)[/sub][/list]

[sub]• MARCH — Although the war occupied the minds of the Canadian people, the 1940 general elections and the provincial elections were underway. Within the province of New Brunswick, the Liberal Party of Canada would secure their overwhelming majority, placing John B. McNair as the new Premier of New Brunswick. Within the province of Alberta, the Social Credit Party of Canada would win their second consecutive majority, allowing William Aberhart to remain as Premier of Alberta.[/sub]

[sub]The federal election of Canada however proved favourable for William Lyon Mackenzie King’s Liberals, as the prime minister secured a supermajority in the House of Commons (179 out of 245). Under Robert Manion, the Conservative Party rebranded under the name of “National Government” in hopes to imitate the National Government of the United Kingdom — although King rejected proposals of a unified government and Manion losing his seat to Liberal candidate Daniel McIvor. With all 10 provinces voting for the Liberals (with Yukon Territory voting for Conservative and an overwhelming victory for the Liberals in Quebec), the Liberals would receive 51.32% of the national vote, and 73.06% of seats in the House of Commons.[/sub]

[sub]• APRIL — With the unexpected death of Governor General Lord Tweedsmuir, the urgency to fill the position was of priority. Although many Canadians voiced their opinions of appointing a Canadian-born resident to fill the position, Prime Minister William Lyon Mackenzie King would advise His Majesty to do the opposite, as the country was in the middle of the war and that it was “not time” to change traditions in the nation. Advising His Majesty to appoint Alexander Cambridge, 1st Earl of Athlone (whose father was Francis, Duke of Teck and his sister, Queen Mary of Teck (George VI’s mother)), the Earl of Athlone would begin his journey to Canada to be sworn as Governor General of Canada (Althone was also Governor General of the Union of South Africa (Nonador) from 1924-1930).[/sub]

[sub]Another victory in the fight for women’s rights, women in Quebec would get to vote in Quebec’s provincial elections. Under the new provincial act, women (excluding Asian and Inuit women) would have the right to vote and become candidates in provincial elections. Although women were allowed to vote in federal elections (1922 and excluded Asian and Indigenous women or women of certain statuses), the province of Quebec became the last province to grant white and black women the right to vote in provincial elections.[/sub]

[sub]• MAY — The Royal Canadian Navy has stationed 7 destroyers in the English Channel to help the British war effort in Europe. With the 7 destroyers stationed in the English Channel, the primary mission for the Royal Canadian Navy was to evacuate allied troops in France.[/sub]

[sub]• JUNE — Under new national security provisions, Volkist, fascist and communistic groups were declared illegal by the King government — with members and leaders of these groups jailed.[/sub]

[sub]There is a lot more but I’ve fallen so behind it’s a pain to do so so everything that happened IRL happened. I apologise.[/sub]

Nonador, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Philanialle, Ranponian, Vancouver Straits, New Provenance, Alaroth

[list][sub]MARCH 1941[/sub]

[sub]Von Braun: Reaching for the Stars[/sub][/list]

[list]| [sub]WERNHER VON BRAUN UND SEINE SUCHE NACH DEN STERNEN: FUNKEN, FEUER UND DIE BERÜHRUNG DES HIMMELSRANDES[/sub]

[sub]| WERNHER VON BRAUN AND HIS QUEST FOR THE STARS: SPARKS, TO FIRE, TO TOUCHING THE EDGE OF THE HEAVENS[/sub][/list]

—

[list][list][sub]"I have learned to use the word 'impossible' with the greatest caution."

[list]— WERNHER VON BRAUN, Mastermind of Rocketry[/sub][/list][/list][/list]

[sub]| PEENEMUNDE | Wernher Magnus Maximilian Freiherr von Braun, German aerospace engineer and space architect. Starting in the 1920s, first with the VfR civilian space group then with the Wehrmacht's aerospace and rocketry research division based out of the Peenemunde Research Facility in Peenemunde, Germany, Von Braun was involved in several groundbreaking projects that pushed the limits of the novel technology that was rockets and missiles, while at the same time advancing knowledge in the fields of physics and aerospace engineering. His groundbreaking college thesis on rocketry was deemed too sensitive by the German intelligence agency, the Abwehr, and was classified by the Wehrmacht. In 1936 and 1937, Von Braun at the Peenemunde facility as its director and as a member of the Wehrmacht's vast weapons research corps tested the Aggregat series of rockets, starting with the first effective prototype, the Aggregat 3, or the A3.[/sub]

[list][list][sub]"The Aggregat rockets were intended to reach for the stars, but are now destined to become weapons of death and destruction."

[list]— WERNHER VON BRAUN[/sub][/list][/list][/list]

[sub]The A3 experimental rocket failed to succeed in its missions initially thanks to inadequate design of the rocket's experimental inertial guidance system and minor instabilities in the body and fin design. The control system was unable to keep the rocket from turning with a wind greater than 12 feet per second. A successful launch was finally achieved in late December of 1937, but the German High Command issued orders suspending the A3 and delaying the A4, the direct successor to the A3, in order to fix the problems with the initial vehicle. In the meanwhile, development on the A5 began. The Aggregat 5 would play a vital role in testing the aerodynamics and technology of the A4. Its rocket motor was identical to the A3's, but with a new control system provided by Siemens. It would also be fitted with a Brennschluss receiving set, a parachute recovery system, and was designed to allow it to stay afloat in the water for up to two hours after splashdown. New tail surfaces were tested in Aachen, and the internal vanes would be made of graphite instead of molybdenum.[/sub]

[sub]The A5s began rapid testing from 1938 onwards, starting with uncontrolled launches from Griefswalder Oie in the autumn of 1938. Models five feet long and eight inches in diameter were dropped from He-111s starting in September 1938, testing supersonic speeds in the absence of a supersonic wind tunnel. The final fin configuration after the development of a new rocket model by Hellmuth Walter was wider, curved outward to accommodate expanding exhaust gases and no ring antenna. The Siemens gyro stabilization system was utilized for all models and test launches from 1938 to 1940, when in April 1940, a new system called Rechlin was flown for the first time, which utilized position gyros, a mixing system and a servo system. These A5s reached altitudes of 12km (7.5 mi) and a range of up to 11 miles. Launches were conducted at least once a month from Peenemunde, or from He-111s serving as primitive air launch platforms.[/sub]

[sub]Wernher von Braun, despite his immense success with the A5, which has already begun laying down the foundations for the development of the A4, the final model that could enter suborbital space if built correctly, privately questioned the motives behind his program for the Wehrmacht. Initially, Von Braun wrote, he was 'somewhat skeptical' behind lending his expertise to a German weapons program that intended to develop a weapon far greater than any artillery, far more deadlier than anything else previously imagined. Nonetheless, he wrote, he got behind it eventually 'in the spirit of scientific development'. In his own words;[/sub]

[list][list][sub]"I build and design these rockets for the advancement of spaceflight, where they land is no longer my business."

[list]— WERNHER VON BRAUN[/sub][/list][/list][/list]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Al-Yemen

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Rutannia, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Philanialle, Pontianus, Ranponian, Alaroth

| OPERATION QUEEN'S CHILDREN |

[sub]ANTWERP, OCCUPIED BELGIUM[/sub]

[sub]March 1941[/sub]

| 30th of March. A ship, filled with 300 children between the ages of 1 and 16. Accompanied by a group of nuns, nuns and a close friend and aristocrat, Christina De Mutte. All of the kids aboard just orphans who were to be transported from Belgian orphanages to neutral Estado Novo, officially. All aboard the ship, the Volkist troops would be making their way through the ship, looking the children up and down. All in fear and silence, the children would be facing the other way, not daring to make eye contact. The nuns, all slightly smiling at the Volkists, and Christina de Mutte, standing proudly but with immense fear. In front of her a unknown Volkist officer, checking the documents. Underneath the decks, 150 adults, hidden away in silence. De Mutte would look at the officer. |

[list][ CHRISTINA DE MUTTE ]: "I assure you that Herr Arnold Webber, and the Reichkomissar are aware of this. We must go now, the captain is getting impatient."[/list]

CUT TO

| LEOPOLDVILLE, ZAIRE |

[sub]26th of February, 1941[/sub]

| Sitting across from the First Representative, Gloria Banza, the Queen Dowager Elisabeth would be sipping on her tea. Sitting in silence, she would look into the distance for a moment as Mrs Banza would be finishing signing the document in front of her. Looking at the signature for a moment, she would smile slightly and push the document towards the Queen who almost as if waking up from a dream, would look down upon it before looking at Gloria, with dread in her eyes. |

[list][ QUEEN DOWAGER ELISABETH ]: "My friends from Germany...they wrote to me before the war, and they said what they saw their neighbours go through. Their Jewish neighbours."[/list]

| Gloria would look at her for a moment. |

[list][ QUEEN DOWAGER ELISABETH ]: "We didn't listen though...I didn't listen, though. I'm not Jewish, I thought. Belgians aren't persecuted, I thought. And now...now I get letters from those in Belgium, telling me what it is like...we've failed them all..."[/list]

[list][ GLORIA BANZA ]: "You couldn't predict the war, Your Majesty. No one did. You haven't failed anybody."[/list]

[list][ QUEEN DOWAGER ELISABETH ]: "Their rhetoric...they're out for blood, Jewish blood. That is why I am so thankful that you have agreed. To get some of them here. But it won't be enough."[/list]

| Gloria would look at her for a moment, with sadness overcoming her mind. |

[list][ QUEEN DOWAGER ELISABETH ]: "Europe will have their blood on it's hands, mark my words."[/list]

[list][ GLORIA BANZA ]: "Europeans have slaughtered my mother, my father, my sister...Europeans are the savages of the world, Your Majesty. You, and I, are only doing what we can. We can't save a whole nation of people. But we can save a few hundred."[/list]

| The Queen would look at Gloria for a moment, before slightly breaking down before composing herself quickly. |

[list][ QUEEN DOWAGER ELISABETH ]: "I do apologise, for what my people have done to you, and your people. And by God, may this be my repayment. I might of not had the courage to save you then, but will I save the new victims of Europe now."[/list]

| The Queen would look at the document before smiling slightly. |

[list][ QUEEN DOWAGER ELISABETH ]: "If God allows, we will have three-hundred Jewish children here, safe and secure. And I'm sure God will allow it. Thank you, Gloria. For saving people you have nothing in common with."[/list]

| The Queen would smile at her softly, before taking the document and leaving off. |

[list][ GLORIA BANZA ]: "IF God allows it...I truly think God has allowed for too much by this point...so let us hope there is at least some mercy within his heart left, for those kids sake."[/list]

| The document signed. Operation Queen's Children was signed by the First Representative of Zaire, Gloria Banza, on the 26th of February, 1941. An operation that would put into motion the Belgian Aristocracy, Belgian and Zairean Church, Zairean government and the Queen Dowager. An operation that would aim to save three hundred Jewish children from occupied Belgium. |

CUT TO

| ANTWERP, OCCUPIED BELGIUM |

[sub]12th of March, 1941[/sub]

| The Nunnery of Saint Maria in Antwerp would be filled with orphans of Belgium, but in the back office of the Mother Nun, Mother Nun Matilde would be sitting Christina De Mutte and Xavier Fusberg, a Jewish Rabbi of Antwerp. It was a hard time for Belgium, and it was only to get worse. Mother Nun Matilde was slightly taken aback by such a peculiar visit. Sitting in her large armchair, she would look at the two with her old gaze of discomfort. |

[list][ MOTHER NUN MATILDE ]: "With all due respect, but you want me to put in danger my nuns? Those German thugs are capable of anything, and you want my orphanage, my nuns to be at risk?"[/list]

[list][ CHRISTINA DE MUTTE ]: "I know how it seems, Mother Nun. But the Queen Dowager Elisabeth has asked us to do so."[/list]

[list][ MOTHER NUN MATILDE ]: "And where is she? Thousands of miles away, in safety of the Congo jungle! Her son, a man of no God, on the throne collaborating. But I, and my nuns are to put the risk of our kids so that what?"[/list]

[list][ RABBI XAVIER FUSBERG ]: "To save Jewish kids."[/list]

| Silence would spread throughout the office. |

[list][ RABBI XAVIER FUSBERG ]: "I do not know the intentions of the Germans, but I see their attituded, their actions, their past. They claim that we are vermin. That needs to be removed. That does not seem to be a fruitful future for us. Does it? The future generation of Jews has to be preserved. Us, the old, we will have to try and survive yet another attempt at our identity, our faith and culture. But the children have to be save."[/list]

| Mother Nun Matilde would look at them for a moment, before shaking her head. |

[list][ MOTHER NUN MATILDE ]: "And what about my children? The Non-Jewish ones? In this orphanage, in other ones around the country. What about them? What, are they going to be placed on a boat and sent to Congo?"[/list]

[list][ CHRISTINA DE MUTTE ]: "I'll take care of them."[/list]

| Mother Nun Matilde would turn her gaze towards her, as did the Rabbi. |

[list][ CHRISTINA DE MUTTE ]: "I will pay for each and every child in this orphanage. On a regular basis. Those Belgian kids have no fear brought on them...but what will happen to those Jewish kids? If the words of Rabbi become truth? What will our God say then? When the God's servant, a nun, has pushed away a chance to aid a fellow brother and sister because of her own fear. Her own insecurity. Her own cowardice! What then, sister?"[/list]

| Mother Nun Matilde would look down for a moment. She would raise her gaze and look at the cross hanged up, before sighing slightly. She would look at the two for a moment. |

[list][ MOTHER NUN MATILDE ]: "Well, you'll need to find a way to organise transportation of three hundred alleged orphans from around the country to Antwerp. May God have us in his safety."[/list]

CUT TO

| BRUSSELS, OCCUPIED BELGIUM |

[sub]15th of March, 1941[/sub]

| Sitting in a beautifully decorated high-end restaurant of Brussels, would be a Belgian Aristocrat, Gunther van Ackere, a 42 year old Aristocrat of Brussels, and a close friend of Christina De Mutte. Sitting by the table filled with a beautiful chocolate cake, he would be accompanied by Arnold Webber, a close adviser to the Reichkommisar of Belgium. Sitting with each other, after a moment of pleasantries and tea, Webber would take a sharp look at van Ackere. |

[list][ ARNOLD WEBBER ]: "What is it that you really want from me?"[/list]

[list][ GUNTHER VAN ACKERE ]: "Straight to the point, I see. Was the cake too soggy?"[/list]

| Van Ackere would laugh, only to notice Webber's sharp gaze. Finding a certain unease, van Ackere would adjust himself. |

[list][ GUNTHER VAN ACKERE ]: "The nuns, want to move some orphans of Belgium out to Estado Novo...a more Catholic state."[/list]

[list][ ARNOLD WEBBER ]: "Whatever for?"[/list]

[list] GUNTHER VAN ACKERE ]: "Catholic purposes...I told you. The Saint Maria Nunnery wants to move Catholic children out to Estado Novo. To find way with the God, or whatever the bullcrap is. You know how the Catholics get..."[/list]

| Webber would look at him for a moment. |

[list][ ARNOLD WEBBER ]: "How many?"[/list]

[list][ GUNTHER VAN ACKERE ]: "Around three-hundred."[/list]

[list][ ARNOLD WEBBER ]: "Must took them time to gather so many."[/list]

[list][ GUNTHER VAN ACKERE ]: "Pardon?"[/list]

[list][ ARNOLD WEBBER ]: "You want me to speak to the Reichkommisar about this, give a green light."[/list]

| Van Ackere would nod slightly. |

[list][ GUNTHER VAN ACKERE ]: "Especially at a time like this...when my company is finding great profits...which could be shared."[/list]

| Van Ackere would smirk slightly as he bit into his cake. Webber would stare at him with a sharp gaze as he raised his head slightly. |

CUT TO

| A group of men and women, with Christina De Mutte present, would be forging fake documentations in a small dark basement in the outskirts of Brussels. |

| Parents would be kissing their crying children before passing them away into the hands of nuns. This would be happening all over Belgium. At one point the little child would be running away from the nuns, but the doors would have closed at that point. Taken away, the mother and father on the other side of the door would break down. The nuns would load themselves onto trains, into cars and drive off to Antwerp. |

| Arnold Webber would be at the window of his office, contemplating. Christina De Mutte would be working away with the nuns. The Rabbi, Xavier Fusberg, would be with the followers in his house, saying a prayer. Queen Dowager Elisabeth would be writing a letter to her son, the King. Gloria Banza would be looking at her little Angelique, tucked away in her bed, thinking. |

| ANTWERP, OCCUPIED GERMANY |

| [sub]30th of March, 1941[/sub] |

| As the Volkist officer was about to reply to De Mutte, Arnold Webber would come in with his staff. The officers would move aside, as he looked around. He would notice De Mutte, and approaching her quickly would nod slightly, before taking a look at the children behind her. |

[list][ ARNOLD WEBBER ]: "All Belgian?"[/list]

| De Mutte froze in the moment. Webber, would look at the children once again. He would take a deep breath. |

[list][ ARNOLD WEBBER ]: "I asked, all Belgian?"[/list]

[list][ VOLKIST OFFICER ]: "From the documentation, yes sir. However---"[/list]

[list][ ARNOLD WEBBER ]: "I'm glad. Well, in that---"[/list]

| Suddenly the captain would come out, impatiently stomping his way towards them. |

[list][ CAPTAIN ]: "Do you have any idea how long it takes to Congo?! You all better hurry the hell up with this!"[/list]

| The officers would look at themselves. De Mutte would go into silence, as heart stopped. Webber would look at her sharply. The two would stare at each other for a moment. He realised, he caught on who those kids were. The officers began to catch on too. De Mutte closed her eyes slowly, when suddenly Webber spoke up. |

[list][ ARNOLD WEBBER ]: "Safe trip. To you all. You're free to go."[/list]

| Webber would nod slightly before leaving off. The officers would follow suit. The captain would leave back. De Mutte would suddenly collapse backwards, with the nuns catching her quickly. Tears would stream down her face. After a longer wait, the ship would begin to take off. De Mutte would continue to cry, as she the ship began to go off. Standing at the port would be Webber, looking at the ship as it sailed off. In silence, he would begin to leave off.

Operation Queen's Children just went through it's hardest stages. The Jewish kids of Belgium were on their way to Zaire. |

[spoiler="Europe will have their blood on it's hands, mark my words." - Queen Dowager Elisabeth]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Al-Yemen

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Rutannia, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Ranponian, New Provenance, Alaroth

| February, 1941 |

[list][list][list][list][list]Second Republic of Turkey

İkinci Türkiye Cumhuriyeti[/list][/list][/list][/list][/list]

[list][list][list][list]Reconstruction from the Civil War; National Relocation Act of 1941

İç Savaştan Yeniden Yapılanma; 1941 Ulusal Yer Değiştirme Yasası[/list][/list][/list][/list]

The last several years have called into question the motives of every citizen, every politician, and every soldier of the republic under the scrutinization of the Ankara government. As a result, the brutal civil war which had ravaged the country had taken the nation by the throat and held it up against the wall in an effort to determine the best interest of the national entity itself. Brothers, husbands, even wives and children died as a result of the intolerance of thousands who saw the Ankara administration as corrupt. Now, the nation slowly begins to rebuild from such a terrible loss of life and credibility, as its sins were slowly exposed, like a bandaid being slowly torn off an open wound.

The end of the war has seen Ankara scramble to maintain its sovereignty in the midst of the release of the newly formed Kurdish and Armenian states in the east. Ataturk and Inonu have met on numerous occasions with the National Unity Committee and have come to a deal which will see the committee of military men have a more prominent role in state affairs in the coming years as the country rebuilds not only in an industrial capacity, but in a social and military capacity as well. Refet Bele, leader of the council and Commander of the Ankara forces during the war, had spoken before the Grand National Assembly in an attempt to cement his influence and to call on the legislature to act in such a capacity as they did during their war for independence. Bele called for a refreshed nationalism to take hold of the hearts and minds of the people of the nation, and for the politicians to follow suit. He had noted that the Six Arrows must be upheld, and to not do so would be treasonous for the Republic.

With this in mind, the legislature had a new sense of purpose about itself. The assembly had seemed to take more initiative than before, and their deadlock had shattered like a glass ceiling after an artillery shelling. Bele had bolstered the assembly, and called for the signing of the National Relocation Act of 1941, which would set the borders for the Ankara government against the principalities in the east, and call for the resettlement of Turks within said borders controlled by Ankara, and the expulsion of Kurds and Armenians to their respective homelands. This would surely make for a more homogenous state. For countless years, Turkey has been torn apart by ethnic differences and cultural warfare, and finally sees peace in more ways than one.

Within the coming months, the NUC and the Ataturk cabinet plan to move forward with a grander form of cultural shift. This begins with widespread industrialization and urbanization to combat the ignorance and innocence of the past. The Brave New World has set itself at the borders of the Republic, and the strong heed its call and adapt accordingly.

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Al-Yemen

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Rutannia, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Asharken, Ranponian, New Provenance, Islahh

699 population noice

ayo

The Yank Empire

[list]1941년 03월 | 1941 March

[list]

[sup]Hanseong | 한성[/sup]

Empire of Greater Korea[list]

[sup]Crown Prince Yi Chun; Mongrel or Japanese Security?[/sup][/list]

| [sub]Emperor Yi Geon had announced several months ago his intention to appoint his eldest son Yi Chun as the official Crown Prince of Korea. Since the monarchy had been restored in 1932, as a puppet of the Japanese Empire, Emperor Geon’s younger brother had been heir apparent as Yi Chun had been born in the same year and it wasn’t considered a wise move to have an infant as heir for stability reasons.[/sub] |

| [sub]Now that Prince Yi Chun had reached the age of nine he was considered aware enough to take his place as Crown Prince of Greater Korea; although the timing was frustrating as the outgoing Crown Prince, Yi U, was considered an asset in terms of his military experience, with some believing it may push him closer into the arms of the Korean Provisional Government led by his father.[/sub] |

| [sub]The elevation of Yi Chun to the position of Crown Prince caused some resentment among the population at large; Yi Chun’s mother being Japanese was not acceptable to many. For centuries Korean’s had prided themselves on blood-purity and many privately considered the new Crown Prince to be nothing more than a mongrel.[/sub] |

| [sub]For the Japanese Administration in Tokyo; and Korean Premier Senjūrō Hayashi it was considered a resounding success, finally securing the Korean Peninsula as a Japanese puppet. For many years the Japanese Administration in Hanseong had been pushing the Emperor to appoint Yi Chun as heir; with Hayashi’s appointment as Premier this had become more feasible. For many years the former Crown Prince, Yi U, had been considered a threat to Japan’s grip over the peninsula, having been viewed as more in touch with his Korean heritage having largely disregarded his Japanese education. While Yi U had never publicly said anything regarding Korean autonomy and independence many believed should a large protest like that seen in 1919 ever occur again the Prince would easily become the rallying figure.[/sub] |

| [sub]Japan’s grip over Korea is considered secure for now with Yi Chun’s elevation; but with the ever expanding conflict in Europe and Japan’s own ambitions many are unsure whether Japan can stretch itself across an Asian empire without the risk of instability in some more rebellious areas of Japan’s conquests.[/sub] |

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Al-Yemen

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Ranponian, New Provenance

[list][list]MARCH 1941

TOKYO, JAPAN — EAST ASIA[/list]

[list][list]日本のプレミアオフィスです

[pre]THE OFFICE OF THE PREMIER OF JAPAN;[/pre][/list][/list]

https://www.nationstates.net/page=dispatch/id=1766200

Nonador, Rutannia, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Pontianus, New Provenance, Alaroth

LEGISLATURE PASSES NEUTRALITY BILL, PRESIDENT EXPECTED TO SIGN ON TUESDAY

by Alexandra Garner, Senior Political Correspondent

After months of tense negotiation and even a fight on the floor of the National Assembly, the President's proposed Neutrality Act passes by a slim margin.

The law would keep trading open to both Allied and Axis nations unless there is a political, economic or military attack on Tres Flumina. The law is considered controversial, with all Members from the Red Lion Party, Conservative Party, Liberty and Justice Party, and the Patriot Party voting against the bill.

The Majority Government lost votes from the Blue Dog Party and the Progressive Party. Both members of the Communist Party and all members from the Democratic Socialist Party voted in favor.

The President and his Cabinet hail the law as securing "Pax Tres Flumina", an era that has lasted since independence.

"Tres Flumina is a nation that does not want war, it is not our responsibility to get involved in the internal affairs that of countries. As a nation we must act as a peaceful negotiator in times of international tension and secure our vested interests that help drive our economy."

Derek Ordnung, the Conservative Party Leader, released the following statement moments after the law was passed.

"This law is the first step of Tres Flumina retreating from the world stage. We do not want war, that is fact, but this dangerous legislation will have unintended consequences of reducing trade in the long run. We implore the President to veto the Neutrality Act at once and allow for the National Assembly to come together and pass common sense legislation that all people can support."

Public opinion on the bill is mixed, with a slight majority in support of the measure at 52%.

Legislation to increase funding for the Department of Defense and Homeland Security will proceed to a vote later in the week where it is expected to pass.

Nonador, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, New Provenance, Alaroth

[list]THE KINGDOM OF ARABIA - AL-MAMLAKAH AL-ARABIYAH

[sub]"Allah, Al-Malik, Al-Watan"[/sub][/list]

The Second Treaty of Sana’a: Al-Yemen Joins The Arabian Kingdom

June, 1941

-

After a 7-year political spiral in North Yemen, a strengthened Arabia brings millions of new Arabs into the great nation.

______________

The Yemeni-Arabian War of 1934 permanently crippled the reign of Imam-King Yahya Muhammad Hamid ed-Din. Whilst Yemen possessed the population and geography necessary to resist Arabian occupation (if not prevent it), it certainly did not possess the conventional military strength or foreign backing necessary to defeat Arabia outright. With these realities keenly in mind, Arabia limited its demands and accepted a modest peace. It annexed the Tehama coast but otherwise left the North Yemeni state entirely intact, including its military and foreign policy. But while it was not obvious then, this seemingly conciliatory peace was intentionally designed to eventually destroy the North Yemen political system and ultimately it succeeded.

Imam-King Yahya has styled himself as anti-British, openly pining for the annexation of the British protectorates of South Yemen. This isolated him during the war with Arabia and left North Yemen with no options when King Abdulaziz landlocked his country and made no effort to support continued trade to Sana’a. Yemeni coffers had been drained by the war and the end of international trade precipitated an economic downturn that Yahya was seemingly hopeless to stop. Even worse, he had lost the Saada Province, the home of Zaydi Islam, and with it much of his religious legitimacy. For the next several years, he scrambled to salvage the loss. Yahya was a deeply conservative leader but progressives and liberals sensed his weakness and were obstinate in the political process. Yahya was forced to accept reform and modernization, though he seemed unable to best his own autocratic tendencies and refused to relinquish any real power. Thus into the later thirties, he presided over an increasingly despotic rule characterized by empty reforms and economic recession. Palace and military intrigue against him abounded, even his eldest son and Crown Prince, Ahmad bin Yahya, pressured him to reform and privately associated with opposition in the tribes and military. Ahmad was an Arab nationalist at heart and never understood why his father so starkly opposed participation in the Arabian Kingdom. This matter of inevitability had dawned on many others in the country too. But still, Ahmad starkly refused to move against his own father, declining to participate in multiple coup conspiracies that would have installed him as Imam-King. And yet… he did not stop them.

Taking the situation into their own hands, an incensed and disenchanted coalition of generals and chieftains found a suitable interim: Ahmad’s teenage son, Muhammad al-Badr. Young and vehement, Muhummad’s views bordered on republican in nature. When approached to stage a coup, Muhummad thought he would play the elites, turning on them once he was in power. He was too inexperienced to see that he was simply a vehicle, a single-use pretender to the throne. And so it went, the military and dissident tribes staged the 1941 North Yemen coup d’etat and installed a 15-year of Muhummad al-Badr to the post of Imam-King. He exiled his father and half the Royal Court to Egypt, perhaps thinking he was feeding them to the invading Italians as an olive branch. The coup moved things precisely into place. The new Imam-King was a totally inexperienced child fueled more by hormones than philosophy or religion. More so he was blatantly illegitimate, having exiled the Crown Prince, his own father, only shortly after the wanton assassination of his own grandfather.

Crown Prince Ahmad’s time in Cairo was more akin to a diplomatic tour than an “exile.” There he courted King Farouk and gained Egyptian backing for his own counter-coup. He was provided for lavishly by Arabia’s King Abdulaziz and a short time later traveled to Arabia personally. There he met with Abdulaziz, currying favor with senior princes and officials. In early June, Crown Prince Ahmad rode back into North Yemen with an escort of loyal troops equipped by the Arabians. With their true intentions fulfilled, the military and tribes cleared the way as Ahmad came to Yemen and snatched back his rightful throne. Al-Badr was arrested and Ahmad was unanimously recognized as the rightful Imam-King of the Mutawakelite Kingdom of Yemen. The child prince was declared guilty of high treason by royal decree and summarily executed in Sana’a.

In a public address to the nation, Ahmad denounced his father and son, decrying them both for accelerating the destruction of Yemeni prosperity and the perpetuation of inter-Arab violence. Next, an Arabian delegation was invited to Sana’a. The Imam-King and Foreign Minister Faisal signed the Second Treaty of Sana’a. North Yemen would be formally incorporated into the Kingdom of Arabia as an equal Emirate and Ahamd would be given a fair seat on the Supreme Council. The borders with the Emirate of South Arabia would be redrawn to restore a coastline as well as control of Saada Governorate to the new Emirate of Northern Yemen. Additionally, those of the Zaydi Shia faith would be given a promise of non-interference but with the tacit understanding that they should expect no special representation nationally and weren’t to stop ‘out of bounds.’

The completed absorption of North Yemen was a cause for celebration both in Sana’a and Riyadh. Emir Ahamd had sated Arab nationalists whilst simultaneously increasing his own power. King Abdulaziz continued his unification of Arabia while avoiding another conflict. The Kingdom brought four and a half million new Arabs into the fold as well as the 70,000-strong Army of elite tribal fighters as well as trained irregular reservists. With no threat coming from the South, Arabia could turn its undivided attention to the prosecution of the war in Egypt and the broader Second World War as the great campaign of Arabian unification continued unabated.

_______________

[sub]This post was made with the approval and at request of Al-Yemen.[/sub]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Al-Yemen

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Rutannia, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Kotakuan Ii, Vancouver Straits, New Provenance, Islahh, Alaroth, The Yank Empire

Islahh wrote:ayo

now its 709 million :(

Nonador

[list][sub]APRIL 1941[/sub]

[sub]From Berlin to Tokyo, a Connection Forms[/sub][/list]

[list]| [sub]DER DEUTSCHE KANZLER BEKUNDET PRIVAT SEIN INTERESSE, JAPAN IN DIE ACHSENMÄCHTE EINZULADEN, DIE IDEE DER ACHSE ROM-BERLIN-TOKIO TRITT IN DEN VORDERGRUND[/sub]

[sub]| GERMAN CHANCELLOR PRIVATELY EXPRESSES INTEREST IN INVITING JAPAN TO THE AXIS POWERS, IDEA OF ROME-BERLIN-TOKYO AXIS TAKES PROMINENCE[/sub][/list]

—

[sub]| BERLIN | The letter from Japanese Prime Minister Fumiaro Konoe (Philanialle), dated 1 March 1941, was received extremely positively in Berlin by the Staatskanzlei. The Second Great War had been raging for over a year now, and the swift victories over the British Empire, her Commonwealth and the rest of the Allied Powers had yet to come. The Soviet Union remained a menace to the east, but preparations to eliminate that threat to German domination had already begun. The German Chancellor was uneasy, but firmly confident in the strength of the Wehrmacht to best the enemies of the Axis Powers. In the African theater, Italian East Africa had pretty much collapsed as Ethiopia's emperor revolted and turned colonial divisions against the Italian colonial government. In North Africa, the advance westward to occupy Cairo, the vital Suez Canal, and the rest of British North Africa had been foiled by Operation Crusader, which pushed the Axis forces, under the command of General Erwin Rommel, of the Nordafrika Korps (NAK). On all fronts, the Axis were suffering, but not greatly. Of the need to 'secure additional foreign support', Minister for Foreign Affairs Konstantin von Fischer wrote:[/sub]

[list][list][sub]"It is necessary, perhaps even vital to our survival, that Germania and Italia recruit like-minded nations to join our Alliance of Nations to place further stress and pressure on the Allied forces and open up additional fronts. Our strength lay in magnitude and raw power, but we cannot efficiently and effectively apply these strengths unless the enemy is stretched thin."

[list]— KONSTANTIN VON FISCHER, Staatsminister for Foreign Affairs[/sub][/list][/list][/list]

[sub]By mid-March, upon the receiving of the letter from Japan, delivered by aircraft, Von Fischer's plea in writing had potentially come true. The letter from Japan's Prime Minister, Fumiaro Konoe, voiced support for Germany and Italy's war in Europe and backed the creation of a "New Order", to use the words utilized in the letter from Konoe to the German Chancellor. It was good news. Japan, a fellow nationalistic empire vying with Western powers for regional influence, had taken the course of war in the past several years, with the invasion of Manchuria (1931) and the invasion of China, triggering the Sino-Japanese War. Japan's eyes furthermore turned southwards, to Indochina and the Dutch East Indies, and now potentially the Philippines, an American territory, as well. At a Cabinet meeting on 21 March 1941, the Chancellor said, of a German-Japanese 'enhanced security alliance', 'the possibility is legitimate'.[/sub]

[sub]The Ministry for Foreign Affairs and the Ministry for the Armed Forces both campaigned hard and long for the inviting of Japan to the Axis Powers, to strengthen the German and Italian operations in Europe and North Africa by placing extreme pressure on the British Far East colonies, like Hong Kong, Singapore and British Malaya. Minister von Fischer (for Foreign Affairs) and Minister Gen. von Blomberg (for the Armed Forces) both worked hard, lobbying key advisors to the Chancellor and key strategists and officers within the diplomatic corps and the Wehrmacht. The Chancellor met with Von Fischer and Von Blomberg on 2 April 1941 to discuss the possibility of extending an invitation to Japan to the Axis Powers.[/sub]

[list][list][sub]"I believe, Herr Chancellor, it is now perhaps necessary for us to put additional pressure on Britain's colonies on the other side of the globe, to support and enhance our successes regionally, in Europe and North Africa. Who else best to accomplish that than Tokyo, a like-minded, nationalistic nation like ourselves?"

[list]— KONSTANTIN VON FISCHER, Staatsminister for Foreign Affairs[/sub][/list][/list][/list]

[list][list][sub]"I now believe, too, that it is necessary to bring Tokyo into our great Dual Alliance with Italia. The more, the merrier."

[list]— THE CHANCELLOR[/sub][/list][/list][/list]

[sub]Immediately, on 4 April, a dispatch was relayed, encoded heavily, via aircraft to the Prime Minister of Japan, inviting Tokyo leadership to Berlin to discuss alongside the Italians the possibility of a Tripartite Pact, to strengthen the Axis Powers and further consolidate the anti-Western alliance that was forming out of the Rome-Berlin and potentially the Rome-Berlin-Tokyo Axis as well.[/sub]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Al-Yemen

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Rutannia, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Pontianus, Vancouver Straits, Alaroth, Tres Flumina

[list][list]UMHLABA WABANTU | IN ZULU

DIE BANTOEWERELD | IN AFRIKAANS

ILIZWE LABANTU | IN XHOSA

THE BANTU WORLD | IN ENGLISH[pre]

10 April — 1941[/pre]

____________[/list][/list]

[list][pre]Diversity in thought and view Strengthens the People[/pre][sub][pre]Dependable Source of News and Current Events from Across the Dominion[/pre][/sub][/list]

[list][list]____________

[pre] [/pre]

[pre]COMMONWEALTH FORCES, UNDER SOUTH AFRICAN LEADERSHIP, SECURE VICTORY IN EAST AFRICA - GAINS CONCESSIONS FROM EMPEROR SELASSIE AS GIFT;[/pre][pre] [/pre][/list][/list]

[list][sub]| RAS KAMBONI — Ethiopia, that ancient refuge for Christandom and Jews, stood at the frontier of the Islamic world for thousands of years. When the Mamluks marched south, and Muslims from Ajuraan raised armies from modern-day Somalia, Ethiopia - or Abyssinia as it is affectionately known - was an unconquerable fortress. Twice had the Italians attempted to subjugate that proud nation, and it was only with the advent of modern machines of war - such as fighters and tanks, that the nation lost it’s independence. Since 1935, Il Duce Benito Mussolini, through his intermediaries, ruled Ethiopia with an iron fist, displacing the descendant of the Queen of Sheba from his throne, to the great disdain of the peace loving peoples of Africa. In June of last year, a coalition of Commonwealth members led by South Africa issued what the foreign press dubbed the ’Pretoria Ultimatum’ demanding the immediate surrender of Italian East Africa and restoration of the former government. With war raging in Europe, and the ‘Allies’ on the defensive, the fascists from Rome rejected the Ultimatum and pressed thousands of Ethiopians and Somalis into service to defend their own subjugation. With the outbreak of war in East Africa in October, the Commonwealth tightened it’s noose around East Africa - with a multi-front invasion from Sudan, Kenya, and Somaliland - commanding the air and sea, towards the explicit end of disorienting an already “incompetent” Italian Army. The Ethiopian troops, who were promised great spoils for their service, fought with vigor against the Commonwealth troops - so much slow that the advance deeper into their homeland was slow on the majority of the front. From Sudan, the defeat of the 2nd Rhodesian Infantry Division at Fami was demoralizing - but the success of South African and Sudanese troops at Gederef, eased the pressure upon the Rhodesians in time for the unthinkable to occur. While armored divisions were quickly cutting off Italian troops in Somalia from Ethiopia proper, news began to circulate that Emperor Haile Selassie had arrived from his training operations in Mozambique - calling forth this countrymen, to join the Commonwealth and turn their arms against Italy. Such was the turning point, for without the support of the Colonial Divisions, the Italian defense - already strained - collapsed completely. Six months after the first shots were fired, the Italian Governor at Addis Ababa surrendered to Commonwealth troops joined by the Emperor.[/sub]

[sub]”VICTORY! VICTORY IN EAST AFRICA” - banners read, which hung over city streets in major municipalities across South Africa - and indeed the Commonwealth, as the nearly 1 Million men of His Majesty’s Armies brough to their knees, one of the great Axis powers with such ease. While words of caution could be heard, not to underestimate the more battle hardened Axis troops elsewhere, their concerns were drowned out by celebration. With the fall of France, and the Low Countries - and Britain under intense aerial assault - this victory provides such a great deal of positive morale, as tangible proof that the war machines of central Europe are not indestructible as the last two years made it seem. Instead, the great powers of Democracy, Liberty, and Kinship found solid footing at last, from which the greater war around the globe could find it’s end.[/sub]

[sub]The talent demonstrated by South African commanders in East Africa was the subject of praise from Emperor Selassie, who returned triumphantly to his capital under the escort of the Cape Guards Regiment. From British Central Command in London, to His Majesty’s Commanders in North Africa, the Indian Ocean, and Pacific - the tactical and strategic outlook of Field Marshall Dan Pienaar gained an unprecedented level of respect and prestige for the whole of South Africa. ”That any Commonwealth realm could produce such a man is the greatest testament to the fighting and ingenuitive spirit of South Africa”, one MP was quoted as saying. Indeed, this victory is one that has been felt in every section of society - even in the wake of civil unrest just a short few months ago, a ‘New Patriotism’ has found life in the Dominion, with some even boldly declaring that South Africa has joined the chorus of great powers. Whatever the patriotic fervor suggests, Prime Minister Smuts - as the level headed statesmen who once championed the formation of the League of Nation commanded; ”We go onward from this day, for King and Country”.[/sub]

[sub]The Unconditional Surrender of Italian East Africa created a large vacuum in Addis Ababa, who had been ruled under the iron fist of fascism for half a decade and absolute monarchism prior to. In such a compromised state, Emperor Selassie issued a request to South Africa and the Commonwealth, for assistance in reforming a new East African state. Envisioned as a greater union of Ethiopia, Eritrea, and Somalia - the new East African state would be slated to become one of the leading powers in Africa, should the task of rebuilding find success. Towards that end, the National Unity Government of South Africa announced that it would be partnering with the Continental University System to lend material, and intellectual support to the “East Africans” in their effort to forge a post-colonial nation-state.[/sub]

[sub]As the war goes on, Commonwealth troops are to remain - at reduced capacity - in East Africa as a means of upholding order there, and preventing a descent into chaos out of which fascism - or even communism could take root. Dividing East Africa into several military districts, South Africa would focus it’s occupational efforts on Ethiopia and southern Somalia, with Eritrean Occupation being awarded to the Sudanese Defense Force and northern Somalia being occupied by Imperial Forces and those of Rhodesia. From South Africa, some 100,000 men would be stationed in East Africa - coordinating efforts with the Transitional East African Government and Commonwealth East Africa Command. At present, South African troops are to remain in East Africa at least until the global war has ended - with a possibility of remaining longer to help prop up the new government.[/sub]

[sub]For the effort of South African forces, the Dominion was given territory in East Africa - namely the Hanish Islands in the Red Sea and the city of Ras Kamboni on the Somali Coast - which many suspect will house military installations - alongside a civil population. Being the first time that South Africa has taken possession of land outside of the home region, a great debate has been prompted in Parliament concerning the status of the new territories and their future within South Africa. With these territorial concessions, and a treaty being signed by the Emperor stipulating East Africa's removal of claims upon the disputed territories in Sudan - a new day is dawning for a lasting peace in East Africa.[/sub]

[sub]To His Majesty’s brave men fighting abroad - God be with you! God Save The King![/sub]

[/list]

____________

[pre] [/pre][spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Al-Yemen

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Asgerland

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Czabalkia

Enchanted Oasis

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Le Rochelle

Merigould

Mesuvia

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Israelli

Persiaa

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Russian Kongo

Rutannia

Saldat

Somerania

Swedenn

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

The Galla

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Arcanda, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Pontianus, Ranponian, Vancouver Straits, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance

[list][sub]APRIL 1941[/sub]

[sub]The Tripartite Pact[/sub][/list]

[list]| [sub]DEUTSCHLAND, ITALIEN UND JAPAN UNTERZEICHNEN DEN DREISEITIGEN PAKT, MIT DEM JAPAN IN DIE ACHSENMÄCHTE AUFGENOMMEN WIRD[/sub]

[sub]| GERMANY, ITALY AND JAPAN SIGN THE TRIPARTITE PACT, INAUGURATING JAPAN INTO THE AXIS POWERS[/sub][/list]

—

[sub]| BERLIN | Earlier this month, the German Chancellor had dispatched a formal letter by airmail to the Prime Minister of Japan, Fumiaro Konoe, inviting Konoe and Japan's leadership to Berlin to discuss the possibility of inviting Japan into the Axis Powers to form a 'Tripartite Pact', between the governments of Japan, Germany and Italy, all like-minded nationalistic states interested in opposing the colonial and authoritarian interests of the Western World. Japan had received this letter with enthusiasm in mid-April, and immediately a reply was sent back, confirming the dispatching of Japan's Foreign Minister, its Prime Minister, along with its diplomatic corps to Berlin to discuss and form a Tripartite Pact between Rome, Berlin and Tokyo. Preparations in Germany began immediately and at haste, with the Chancellor ordering that the Pact be signed by late April to early May of this year. Of the rapid preparations, a military officer attached to security for the Minister for Foreign Affairs wrote in his diary:[/sub]

[list][list][sub]"Germany is taking the Japanese extremely seriously. It is now obvious to me and to many that the relationship between Tokyo and Berlin has changed significantly since the First Great War, perhaps even reversing completely, with Japan now possibly standing as our ally, rather than as our enemy."

[list]— UNKNOWN[/sub][/list][/list][/list]

[sub]Italy's Benito Mussolini and an entourage was also invited at haste to Berlin at the soonest to attend the discussions with Prime Minister Konoe and the Japanese declaration. On 24 April 1941, the German Chancellor and Herr Mussolini received Fumiaro Konoe of Japan and his delegation of diplomats and military officers at the Staatskanzlei in Berlin. A short military parade was conducted for Konoe and the Japanese, before the three delegations entered the Staatskanzlei (State Chancellery). Discussions continued for the next few days, and on 27 April, the Chancellor told his Cabinet at an evening meeting that day that 'all is ready'. The next day, in the presence of ambassadors, diplomats, and key military officers of the Wehrmacht, including the architect of the Blitzkrieg and the famed Desert Fox among them, the Tripartite Pact between the Governments of Germany, Italy and Japan was formally signed. While the treaty did not include any provisions forcing mutual defense of each nation for the two others, military cooperation and diplomatic communication would be boosted significantly, similarly to the Pact of Steel's effect on German-Italian relations immediately after its signing. By effect, the Empire of Japan was now the third key member of the Axis Powers.[/sub]

[list][list][sub]"This new Tripartite Pact, this Rome-Berlin-Tokyo Axis, could form a threat to the Allied Powers greater than anything previously seen or anticipated. Germany not only now stands united among its people, but Germany now too stands with its fellow allies and like-minded nations, united in their goal of establishing a New Order for all the world to see and experience."

[list]— KONSTANTIN VON FISCHER, Staatsminister for Foreign Affairs[/sub][/list][/list][/list]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Al-Yemen

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Pontianus, Kotakuan Ii, Vancouver Straits, Adriatican Islands

Post self-deleted by Philanialle.

New Provenance wrote:[list][sub]APRIL 1941[/sub]

[sub]The Tripartite Pact[/sub][/list]

[list]| [sub]DEUTSCHLAND, ITALIEN UND JAPAN UNTERZEICHNEN DEN DREISEITIGEN PAKT, MIT DEM JAPAN IN DIE ACHSENMÄCHTE AUFGENOMMEN WIRD[/sub]

[sub]| GERMANY, ITALY AND JAPAN SIGN THE TRIPARTITE PACT, INAUGURATING JAPAN INTO THE AXIS POWERS[/sub][/list]

—

[sub]| BERLIN | Earlier this month, the German Chancellor had dispatched a formal letter by airmail to the Prime Minister of Japan, Fumiaro Konoe, inviting Konoe and Japan's leadership to Berlin to discuss the possibility of inviting Japan into the Axis Powers to form a 'Tripartite Pact', between the governments of Japan, Germany and Italy, all like-minded nationalistic states interested in opposing the colonial and authoritarian interests of the Western World. Japan had received this letter with enthusiasm in mid-April, and immediately a reply was sent back, confirming the dispatching of Japan's Foreign Minister, its Prime Minister, along with its diplomatic corps to Berlin to discuss and form a Tripartite Pact between Rome, Berlin and Tokyo. Preparations in Germany began immediately and at haste, with the Chancellor ordering that the Pact be signed by late April to early May of this year. Of the rapid preparations, a military officer attached to security for the Minister for Foreign Affairs wrote in his diary:[/sub]

[list][list][sub]"Germany is taking the Japanese extremely seriously. It is now obvious to me and to many that the relationship between Tokyo and Berlin has changed significantly since the First Great War, perhaps even reversing completely, with Japan now possibly standing as our ally, rather than as our enemy."

[list]— UNKNOWN[/sub][/list][/list][/list]

[sub]Italy's Benito Mussolini and an entourage was also invited at haste to Berlin at the soonest to attend the discussions with Prime Minister Konoe and the Japanese declaration. On 24 April 1941, the German Chancellor and Herr Mussolini received Fumiaro Konoe of Japan and his delegation of diplomats and military officers at the Staatskanzlei in Berlin. A short military parade was conducted for Konoe and the Japanese, before the three delegations entered the Staatskanzlei (State Chancellery). Discussions continued for the next few days, and on 27 April, the Chancellor told his Cabinet at an evening meeting that day that 'all is ready'. The next day, in the presence of ambassadors, diplomats, and key military officers of the Wehrmacht, including the architect of the Blitzkrieg and the famed Desert Fox among them, the Tripartite Pact between the Governments of Germany, Italy and Japan was formally signed. While the treaty did not include any provisions forcing mutual defense of each nation for the two others, military cooperation and diplomatic communication would be boosted significantly, similarly to the Pact of Steel's effect on German-Italian relations immediately after its signing. By effect, the Empire of Japan was now the third key member of the Axis Powers.[/sub]

[list][list][sub]"This new Tripartite Pact, this Rome-Berlin-Tokyo Axis, could form a threat to the Allied Powers greater than anything previously seen or anticipated. Germany not only now stands united among its people, but Germany now too stands with its fellow allies and like-minded nations, united in their goal of establishing a New Order for all the world to see and experience."

[list]— KONSTANTIN VON FISCHER, Staatsminister for Foreign Affairs[/sub][/list][/list][/list]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Al-Yemen

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

[list][list]APRIL 1941

BERLIN, GERMANY — WESTERN EUROPE[/list]

[list][list]日独伊三国同盟

[pre]TRIPARTITE PACT;[/pre][/list][/list]

https://www.nationstates.net/page=dispatch/id=1766202

Paramountica, Rutannia, Nosautempopulus, Victoria Harbor, New Provenance

YUGOSLAVIA AND THE TALE OF A DESPERATE REGENT

[list][sup]A CORNERED MAN AND INFLAMED COUNTRY

YUGOSLAVIA—SPRING 1941[/sup][/list]

As 1941 waxed on, the Kingdom of Yugoslavia and its increasingly desperate regent fought ever harder to keep the country’s brittle peace. Prince Paul Karađorđević was the tight-fisted ruler of the Balkan monarchy, whose existence stretched only a little more than two decades. His cousin Petar, the heir to the throne of their prestigious Serbian house, was just seventeen years old; Prince Paul had thus reigned in Petar’s stead since the assassination of the young heir’s father in 1934. However, the Prince’s authority—partially symbolic and partially actual—was tenuous. An uneasy collaboration with the fascist powers of Europe had so far preserved his country from invasion, but simultaneously inflamed opposition to his rule in separatist and left-wing circles. Rumors of subversive British activity across the country ran high—especially regarding the Slovenes, who now had a uniquely active separatist movement—and though the communist movements of most of the country had been beheaded with the help of the German intelligence community, infamous socialist rebel Josip Broz Tito remained at large. The Prince was thus increasingly forced to tread carefully in his collaborationism, and opted not to seek Yugoslav membership in the recently-inaugurated Tripartite Pact. Doing so, he was keenly aware, might have brought domestic tensions to a breaking point or even warranted Allied intervention.

The future of the country remained as murky as ever. A fascist victory in the war—as now seems likely—would bode somewhat well, as Yugoslavia had so far made no major hindrances to German and Italian conquests. An Allied victory, however, would bear grimmer consequences; though the pacts of collaboration with fascist powers were themselves clandestine, the movement of fascist troops through Yugoslavia was not. The French and British would be sure to at least dethrone the Regent for his actions if they stopped short of dismantling the nation altogether. A Soviet entry into the war would be even grimmer. Tito would surely have his way should a red army match through Belgrade, and a Serbian socialist republic—if not a fully-fledged socialist Yugoslavia—would be inevitable. No matter who won the second Great War, however, the Prince still had an enormous array of obstacles before him. Even if he could spare Yugoslavia of foreign invasion, the twin foes of nationalism and communism within the country itself were existential threats that now ominously threatened to sunder the fragile Balkan kingdom. Desperate and increasingly cornered, Prince Paul saw uncertainty in Yugoslavia’s future and an even greater darkness in his.

[list][spoiler=OOC]Glad to be back and writing anew. I’m on vacation now and was only able to put out a snippet, but there’s much more to come when I get home in a few days![/spoiler]

Paramountica, Rutannia, Arcanda, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Asharken, Kotakuan Ii, Nileia, Vancouver Straits, New Provenance

| NIGOYE ECONOMIC PLAN FOR ZAIRE |

[sub]29th of April, 1941[/sub]

| Fabian Nigoye, the Head of the Zairean Finest Assembly and defacto the second in charge of the country, has pushed through his Economic Initiative for Zaire through the National Congress and the Assembly. First Representative Gloria Banza has officially signed the Initiative into action on 20th of April, 1941. The Economic Initiative for Zaire, or dubbed as the Nigoye Plan, is going into action as of end of April/Start of May. The plan is broken into three industralisation eras of Zaire, each with it's unique legislations and major reform points. The plan was created by Fabian Nigoye, two other economic experts in the Assembly; Joseph Kasango and Honore Amisi. Alongside to them, Belgian economist adviser Martin Beckten had his input within the plan.

The plan is broken into three stage of industralisation. The first stage has been titled as the ESTABLISHMENT and is set to occur between 1941 and 1946. It is characterised by establishment of major industries, companies, businesses, laws, regulations and a template for future stages. Some of the most important and major components of this stage are listed below.

[list]ESTABLISHMENT STAGE ( 1941 - 1946 )

- Establishment and/or Development of; National Zairean Natural Resources Complex ; National Mining Company of Zaire ; National Energy of Zaire ; Zairean Automobile Complex ; Zairean Technologies and Radio Company ; Zairean Life Insured ; Zairean Lux Life ; Zaire Food and Agriculture Complex.

- The Zairean government will be in official control of sixty-percent of the Zairean economic market, with the forty-percent left to the private sector. The Zairean government will be able to form and control national companies.

- Vast investments into manufacturing, luxurious goods, mining, energy, automobile, agriculture and natural resources sectors of the economy.

- Establishment of an Agricultural Sector of Zaire; both state and private owned.

- Creation of the Workers National Union; mandatory membership. All workers of Zaire will be protected and supported by the Workers National Union.

- Creation of the Zairean Doree, a new currency for Zaire.[/list]

The second stage has been titled as the DEVELOPMENT and is set to occur between 1946 and 1950. It is characterised by quick and vast development of major projects, industries and companies whilst creating space for small and medium businesses and establishment of a market friendly for foreign businesses and investments. Down below, some of the major laws and reforms that will involve the Development stage can be found.

[list]DEVELOPMENT STAGE ( 1946 to 1950 )

- Major Projects for Economy Started/Mid-Way/Finished ; Queen Dowager Dam finished ; Queen Dowager Dam continued in it's expansion ; Major infrastructure of the country linking all major cities, and industries finished ; further development occuring ; Major Infrastructure linking Zaire to South Africa, Estado Novo, French Colonies, British Colonies finished/continuing ; New Zaire Port to be ready for first use ; further development occuring ; New Major projects starting around Zaire such as new towns, industrial sites ect.

- Creation of a Small and Medium Business Environment ; Zairean's encouraged and pushed towards business ownership ; low taxation of small and medium businesses.

- Establishment and Expansion of a Consumerist Market in Zaire.

- Large Scale Trade with Europe, Africa, Asia and the Americas through vast national companies and their resources ; through private and foreign business ; through new infrastructure and ports.

- Expansion of a Friendly Market to Foreign Investments and Businesses ; low taxation of foreign businesses ; growth of consumerist society in need for demand of products.

- Establishment of Services Demand Sectors - Fashion, Retail, Culture within Zaire.[/list]

The final stage of Nigoye Plan is what has been named as the EXPANSION stage which is to occur between 1950 and 1954. The stage would be characterised by the rise of Zairean middle class, a rise of a consumerist market in Africa, pushing Zaire into economic relevance and making Zaire an economic player in Africa and the world. The details of this stage can be found below, in form of some of the laws and reforms that will be passed in order to allow the stage to occur.

[list]EXPANSION STAGE ( 1950 to 1954 )

- Establishment of a Middle Class of Zaire ; Rise of a Strong Working Class of Zaire ; Appearance of Upper Class of Zaire.

- Zaire finding it's place as one of the top five economies of Africa.

- Zaire becoming one of the major trade hubs of Africa.

- Zaire becoming a prosperous and quick rising nation of the 20th Century World.

- Total Establishment of a Consumerist Society.

- Establishing Zairean Doree as one of the major currencies of Africa.[/list]

The Nigoye Plan has been dubbed as highly ambitious, and Fabian Nigoye himself has stated that the Economic Initiative for Zaire is bound to create a new society, a new type of people. Nigoye's Economic Plan not only enforces a new type of economic running within Africa, but it also is becoming a vital part of a new ideology that some Belgian analysists call "Banzaism". The term is being loosely thrown around right now, but the University of Leopoldville has began to take a closer look at this forming thought. The idea of a liberal and secular society, in mix with a state-capitalistic economy, and a strong decisive leader at the head of it, is pushing boundaries. The plan will in effect go into action from the 1st of June, 1941, and therefore a new economic era will begin for Zaire, and potentially for Africa.

[list][ FABIAN NIGOYE, Head of Zairean Finest Assembly ]: "L'économie zaïroise a un immense potentiel, un potentiel qui doit être libéré. Le régime belge n'a pas apporté au Zaïre la prospérité qu'il méritait, mais je crois que l'initiative économique pour le Zaïre va pousser le pays vers un essor économique sans précédent. Elle nous fera entrer dans une nouvelle ère de vie économique et créera un centre commercial en Afrique, le Zaïre. Avec la volonté de Dieu à nos côtés, et avec le peuple zaïrois qui n'a pas peur de la nouveauté, du changement et du travail acharné, je ne doute pas que l'initiative économique pour le Zaïre créera un nouveau Zaïre, et potentiellement une nouvelle Afrique."[/list] |

[spoiler="It is a leap, a large leap of faith and courage that we all must take in order for the Economic Initiative for Zaire to work. But it is a leap that will pay us for decades to come." - First Representative of Zaire, Gloria Banza]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Al-Yemen

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Rutannia, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Philanialle, Kotakuan Ii, Nileia, New Provenance

[list][sub]MAY 1941[/sub]

[sub]Standard of the Wehrmacht[/sub][/list]

[list]| [sub]STANDARDISIERTE AUSRÜSTUNG IN DER GESAMTEN WEHRMACHT WIRD NEU BEWERTET UND ERSETZT, UM DIE KRIEGSANSTRENGUNGEN ZU VERSTÄRKEN[/sub]

[sub]| STANDARDIZED EQUIPMENT ACROSS THE WEHRMACHT ARE RE-EVALUATED AND REPLACED TO STRENGTHEN WAR EFFORT[/sub][/list]

—

[sub]| BERLIN | In January of 1936, the Ministry of Defense launched studies to develop standardized infantry rifles (now the Karbiner 98k), standardized artillery (now the 7.5cm Feldkanone 16), standardized Luftwaffe fighter aircraft (Arado Ar 68 and Henschel HS 123) to expand the standardization of the Wehrmacht to allow for greater logistics and faster equipment replacement rates. In the early stages of the Second Great War this was beneficial to the German campaigns in Poland and later in France and Belgium, as the German military possessed large military production facilities and massive stockpiles of weaponry designated as 'standard equipment', or base equipment. However, by June 1940 it these equipment were by this time over four years old yet were still being produced. Despite the Germans and the Italians expected to continue their rollover of the European Continent with ease, the German High Command formed a committee to re-evaluate the standard equipment and modernize them as needed.[/sub]

[list][list][sub]"Sweat saves blood, blood saves lives, but brains save both."

[list]— ERWIN ROMMEL, "The Desert Fox"[/sub][/list][/list][/list]

[sub]The re-evaluation committee eventually decided that the Karbiner 98k rifle, which continued to see mass production and was still being used en masse as the standard weapon of the German Armed Forces, would remain the standard rifle of the German Heer (Army). The 7.5cm Feldkanone 16 field gun was replaced by the 10.5cm leFH 18 in the area of standard artillery (Standard-Artilleriegerät, or Standard Artillery Unit, or SAG). In line with these changes, the 10.5cm leFH 18 (older version, introduced 1935) was renamed to the 10.5cm SAG FH-18 field gun. The SAG FH-18 was designated the standard divisional field artillery unit for the German Heer. Large stockpiles of this artillery unit specifically were present across the country, so replacing older artillery devices and speeding up the process of standardization would be fairly easy. For the Luftwaffe, the Messerschmitt Bf 109 fighter aircraft, introduced in 1937 and mass produced as the foremost fighter of the Luftwaffe, was granted the title of Standard Fighter Aircraft (Standard-Kampfflugzeug, or SKG), giving it seniority in aircraft production. Its efficiency in combat made it a German engineering marvel. The Messerschmitt Bf 110 bomber, introduced 1937, was also granted the title of Standard Bomber Aircraft (Standard-Bomberflugzeug, or SBF), granting it seniority in relevant production lines as well.[/sub]

[sub]With the High Command's approval, these standardized equipment were approved and granted priority status in arms production facilities, which were pumping out weapons at a rapid rate and moving said weapons to the frontlines via the autobahns system developed early in the Chancellor's term (began 1933) and via railroads built during the wartime, for exclusive use by the Wehrmacht logistical forces. Priority for the Wehrmacht and the war effort on roads, railways and other infrastructure led to shortages of basic civilian goods in more rural areas and population centers far away from sites of production, but the war effort was at the foremost in terms of priority to the German Government, especially as the fate of the world stood in the balance.[/sub]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Swedenn

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Rutannia, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Pontianus, Nileia, Islahh

The New Delhi Tribune/नई दिल्ली ट्रिब्यून [sub]April 1941[/sub]

[sub]Volume 15, Issue 3 /खंड 15, अंक 2 [/sub]

[sup][Former Deputy Comminissioner Of The Mumbai Police Passes Away At 63!][/sup]

[sup]Reports coming in from the city of Karachi, Sind British Raj where former Deputy Commissioner of the Mumbai Police Kowasji Jamshedji Petigara had passed away while undergoing surgery. Considered to being the first Indian to become the Deputy Commissioner of Police of the Mumbai Police in 1928. He was in charge of the Crime Branch division and was noted for his intelligence network. A decorated officer, he was appointed an Officer of the Order of the British Empire (OBE), Companion of the Indian Empire (CIE) and awarded the King's Police Medal (KPM). Petigara was also awarded the Imperial Service Order (ISO) and used the honorific title "Khan Bahadur". He joined the police force as a sub-inspector at the CID (Criminal Investigations Department), and gradually rose through the ranks. In 1928, he was promoted to the Indian Police Service rank, one that very few Indians achieved in those days.[/sup]

[sup]कराची शहर, सिंध ब्रिटिश राज से रिपोर्ट आ रही है, जहां मुंबई पुलिस के उपायुक्त कोवासजी जमशेदजी पेटीगारा का ऑपरेशन के दौरान निधन हो गया था। 1928 में मुंबई पुलिस के पुलिस उपायुक्त बनने वाले पहले भारतीय माने जाते हैं। वह क्राइम ब्रांच डिवीजन के प्रभारी थे और अपने खुफिया नेटवर्क के लिए जाने जाते थे। एक सजायाफ्ता अधिकारी, उन्हें ऑर्डर ऑफ द ब्रिटिश एम्पायर (ओबीई), कम्पेनियन ऑफ द इंडियन एम्पायर (सीआईई) का अधिकारी नियुक्त किया गया और उन्हें किंग्स पुलिस मेडल (केपीएम) से सम्मानित किया गया। पेटीगारा को इंपीरियल सर्विस ऑर्डर (आईएसओ) से भी सम्मानित किया गया था और सम्मानजनक शीर्षक "खान बहादुर" का इस्तेमाल किया था। वह सीआईडी ​​(आपराधिक जांच विभाग) में एक सब-इंस्पेक्टर के रूप में पुलिस बल में शामिल हुए, और धीरे-धीरे रैंक के माध्यम से ऊपर उठे। 1928 में, उन्हें भारतीय पुलिस सेवा रैंक में पदोन्नत किया गया था, जो उन दिनों बहुत कम भारतीयों ने हासिल किया था।[/sup]

[sup]Among his accomplishments was his role in foiling an attempt by Indian freedom activist Manabendra Nath Roy in toppling the government. Despite being a staunch loyalist of the British Indian government, he was respected by Indian freedom fighters. When Mahatma Gandhi applied for a passport in 1931 to attend the second Round Table Conference in London, Petigara was cited as one of his references. He retired from the police force in 1936.[/sup]

[sup]उनकी उपलब्धियों में भारतीय स्वतंत्रता कार्यकर्ता मनबेंद्र नाथ रॉय द्वारा सरकार को गिराने के प्रयास को विफल करने में उनकी भूमिका थी। ब्रिटिश भारत सरकार के कट्टर वफादार होने के बावजूद, भारतीय स्वतंत्रता सेनानियों द्वारा उनका सम्मान किया जाता था। जब महात्मा गांधी ने 1931 में लंदन में दूसरे गोलमेज सम्मेलन में भाग लेने के लिए पासपोर्ट के लिए आवेदन किया, तो पेटीगारा को उनके संदर्भों में से एक के रूप में उद्धृत किया गया था। वह 1936 में पुलिस बल से सेवानिवृत्त हुए।[/sup]

[sup]Petigara was born on 24 November 1877 to Jamshedji Nusserwanji Petigara and Dhunbhaiji Bastavalla. He did his schooling in Surat in Gujarat, and later Bombay (now Mumbai). He was married to Avambai, the daughter of Jehangirshaw Ardeshir Taleyarkhan. They had one son. He was also the estate manager of Prince Aly Khan at Aga Khan building in Dalal Street in Mumbai. His awards as a police commissioner notably stood out among his peers as he was rewarded the Kaisar-i-Hind Medal in 1923, a medal awarded by the Emperor/Empress of India between 1900 and 1947, to "any person without distinction of race, occupation, position, or sex ... who shall have distinguished himself (or herself) by important and useful service in the advancement of the public interest in India.[/sup]

[sup]पेटीगारा का जन्म 24 नवंबर 1877 को जमशेदजी नसरवानजी पेटीगारा और धुनभाई बस्तावल्ला के घर हुआ था। उन्होंने अपनी स्कूली शिक्षा गुजरात के सूरत और बाद में बॉम्बे (अब मुंबई) में की। उनका विवाह जहांगीरशॉ अर्देशिर तलेयारखान की पुत्री अवंबाई से हुआ था। उनका एक बेटा था। वह मुंबई में दलाल स्ट्रीट में आगा खान बिल्डिंग में प्रिंस अली खान के एस्टेट मैनेजर भी थे। एक पुलिस आयुक्त के रूप में उनके पुरस्कार उनके साथियों के बीच उल्लेखनीय रूप से खड़े थे क्योंकि उन्हें 1923 में [बी] कैसर-ए-हिंद पदक [/ बी] से सम्मानित किया गया था, जो 1900 और 1947 के बीच भारत के सम्राट/महारानी द्वारा प्रदान किया गया एक पदक था। जाति, व्यवसाय, पद या लिंग के भेद के बिना कोई भी व्यक्ति ... जिसने भारत में सार्वजनिक हित की उन्नति में महत्वपूर्ण और उपयोगी सेवा द्वारा खुद को (या खुद को) प्रतिष्ठित किया होगा।[/sup]

[sup]Which includes other major accomplishments during his service such as the Imperial Service Order It was awarded on retirement to the administration and clerical staff of the Civil Service throughout the British Empire for long and meritorious service. The Most Excellent Order of the British Empire, the Order of the Indian Empire. As well as The Queen's Police Medal (QPM) is awarded to police in the United Kingdom for gallantry or distinguished service. It was also formerly awarded within the wider British Empire, including Commonwealth countries.[/sup]

[sup]]जिसमें उनकी सेवा के दौरान अन्य प्रमुख उपलब्धियां शामिल हैं जैसे इंपीरियल सर्विस ऑर्डर यह लंबे और मेधावी सेवा के लिए पूरे ब्रिटिश साम्राज्य में सिविल सेवा के प्रशासन और लिपिक कर्मचारियों को सेवानिवृत्ति पर प्रदान किया गया था। [बी] ब्रिटिश साम्राज्य का सबसे उत्कृष्ट आदेश [/ बी], [बी] भारतीय साम्राज्य का आदेश [/ बी]। साथ ही द क्वीन्स पुलिस मेडल (क्यूपीएम) यूनाइटेड किंगडम में वीरता या विशिष्ट सेवा के लिए पुलिस को प्रदान किया जाता है। इसे पूर्व में राष्ट्रमंडल देशों सहित व्यापक ब्रिटिश साम्राज्य के भीतर भी सम्मानित किया गया था।[/sup]

[spoiler=“A nation's culture resides in the hearts and in the soul of it's people.” - Mahatma Gandhi]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Paseo, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Nileia, New Provenance

THE KINGDOM OF SWEDEN: THE LAND OF THE NORSE AND THE LAST PAGANS OF EUROPE

An Epic Saga Part 1: 1066-1134

In December, 1066 CE, Swedish Christian King Stenkil is dead and a war of succession is happening. It is fought between two pretenders. One is Erik Stenkilsson, the Christian son of King Stenkil, whose power base is in the Christian South of Sweden. The other is Erik Emundsson, the Ásatrú (the official name of the Norse pagan religion) son of King Emund the old, of the house of Munsö (Who were descended from Ragnar Lothbrok through his son, Björn Ironside) whose power base is in the Ásatrú North of Sweden. While Erik Stenkilsson had few military experience Erik Emundsson had a ton of military experience due to partipating in multiple raids and spending ten years in the service of the Byzantine Emperor as one of his Varangian Guard. The war lasted for two years until the decisive battle of Uppsala where Erik Emundsson and his army destroyed Erik Stenkilsson’s army and killed his rival and capture all of the Christian lords. Shortly after the battle, Erik and his army marched down through southern Sweden, destroyed the remaining Christian rebels, and confiscated all the feudal Christian lords’ land. Thus, the civil war is over and the kingdom is reunited, and on 15 September, 1068 CE Erik Emundsson was crowned as King Erik VIII of Sweden in the capital city of Uppsala. King Erik VIII banished the former King Stenkil’s family and the families of the Christian lords from Sweden to Iceland while the all the Christian lords were killed by blood eagle. King Erik VIII used his knowledge that he learned in Constantinople to centralize and consolidate the Kingdom. He first called all the remaining lords who were loyal to him to a meeting. He convinced them to abolish the feudal system and handed over their lands and titles to him in exchange. They will be reappointed as non-hereditary governors in which upon their death the governors will hand the control of the land back to the king. King Erik VIII also promised that the clans system will remain in place.

He then reorganized the feudal lands into provinces, appointed the former lords as governors of each province, and created a centralized bureaucracy. Then he passed a law that change the succession system from an elective monarchy to a hereditary monarchy under male-preference primogeniture. King Erik VIII then reorganized his army and the former lord’s army into the Swedish royal army creating the first standing army in Scandinavia and medieval Europe. Then he expanded the navy creating more than 500 long boats to use for raiding, trading, and exploring. He then spent ten years successfully converting the people of the southern part of Sweden from Christianity back to Ásatrú and passed a law that banished Christian priests and missionaries from the lands. The church buildings are either destroyed or converted to temples. King Erik VIII also refounded the Jomsvikings, a legendary order of Viking mercenaries who were staunchly dedicated to the worship of the Norse gods and the order was destroyed by King Magnus I of Norway in 1043. The newly refounded order was modelled after the first order with the same codes and independent from any military, except that they cannot attack Sweden or any fellow Ásatrú brethrens and the new order is located in Sweden. The Jomsvikings still exist to this day. King Erik VIII spend the last 10 years on conquering territories for the Kingdom.

First invade Denmark in 1084 CE and the war lasted until 1087 CE when Erik VIII defeated the Danish army, in the treaty Denmark have to cede Skåneland to Sweden and renounced all claim on their lost territories. After the war with Denmark, he went on to conquer all the land and tribes of Norrland for five years until 1089 CE when the last tribe surrender to Erik VIII and Norrland became part of Sweden, finally Sweden invaded Norway in 1091 CE and conquer Jämtland, Dalarna, and Härjedalen thus creating Sweden modern border. In 1099 CE, Norway invaded Sweden, whose King, Magnus Barefoot, claimed all land west of Vänern rightfully belonged to Norway. King Erik VIII muster 3,600 men and the Jomsvikings mercenaries and fought against King Magnus III and his army, driving him out of Sweden. The War last for two years until 1101 CE when Denmark mediated a peace talk between Sweden and Norway resulting in a peace that both countries agreed to preserve ancestral borders. After the War, Erik VIII then spent the last three years converting the people of Norrland to Ásatrú and bringing Swedish settlers to the land. King Erik VIII dies in 2 February 1104 CE at the age of 69 and was succeeded by his 36 years old son, Ragnar who ruled a strong centralize Norse Ásatrú kingdom. Christian Europe will remember Erik VIII as King Erik the Heathen but the Swedish people will remember him as King Erik the Great.

King Ragnar II decided that since trading with Western Europe would be impossible, he turned his attention to the east. He establishes trade relations with the Kievan Rus (the predecessor of Russia), the Byzantine Empire, and the Muslim world using the Gulf of Finland to get to Kievan Rus, the Dnieper trade route to get to the Byzantine Empire and western Muslim countries and the Volga trade route to get to the eastern Muslim countries. The Rus willing to trade with Sweden since they were descended from Norse Swedish settlers, The Byzantine Empire were willing to trade with Sweden as long as they provided warriors to be part of the Emperor’s Varangian Guard. The Muslim World was willing to trade with Sweden as long as they sold the people they captured on their raids as slaves. King Ragnar II ordered that all raids toward the east stop to increase friendly relation with Sweden trade partners and instead have all future raids be focused on the hostile Christian Europe. King Ragnar II made a deal with various Jewish traders from Christian Europe that in return for trading with Sweden, the Jews will be protected as an ally of Sweden and allowed to settle in the Kingdom. They set up a trading center in Gotland where the first Jewish community in Sweden was establish. This friendly relationships between Jews and Sweden, especially the Ásatrú followers lasted till this day.

King Ragnar II spent the rest of his reign building fortifications on their western, eastern, and southern border near the mountains. This fortification project proved to be effected when in 1123 CE Norwegian king Sigurd the Crusader declare a crusade against Sweden to convert the country to Christianity but was repelled by the Swedish Forces due to their knowledge of the mountain’s terrains and their fortifications and Sigurd was forced to sign a peace treaty and end his crusade against Sweden. King Ragnar II died in 1134 CE at the age of 65 and was succeeded by his 27 years old son, King Håkan.

Ambition… Greed... Faith… Total War!

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Swedenn

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle

THE KINGDOM OF SWEDEN: THE LAND OF THE NORSE AND THE LAST PAGANS OF EUROPE

An Epic Saga Part 2: 1134-1488

He spent ten years of his reign waging war against the Finns, Tavastians and Karelians and conquered the southern part of the land that came to be known latter as Finland. He sends settlers to the newly conquered land to colonize it and the they bought their Christian slaves along with them. King Håkan spends the last 22 years of his reign by successfully defending Sweden from Denmark and Norway. Denmark declare war against Sweden in the first Danish Crusade (1145-1147) where Swedish forces repelled the Danish army, their coastal fortifications and the much larger Swedish navy defeated their navy. Because of their military loses they were forced to end their crusade. Three years after the war with Denmark, Norway declare war on Sweden in the Second Norwegian Crusade (1150-1154) where this time the Norwegian try to invade Sweden through the sea. Still, their invasion fleet were destroyed by the Swedish navy and their 500 Longboats. With most of the Norwegian armies destroyed Norway was forced to make peace with Sweden. King Håkan died in 1167 CE at the age of 59 and was succeeded by his 30 years old son, King Björn VI.

King Björn VI spent his 43 years reign by conquering the rest of Finland and colonizing it and defeating two invasions by Denmark and Norway. He died in 1200 CE at the age of 73 and was succeeded by his 29 years old son, King Erik IX. It was during King Erik IX reign that the Teutonic came into contract with Sweden. When Order learned that Sweden was the only country in Scandinavia that still followed the Ásatrú faith, they vow to convert the Swedish people to Christianity by the sword. King Erik IX fought two wars with the Knights in three wars that came to be known as the Teutonic Crusades. The first Teutonic Crusade (1208-1216) was fought between Sweden and Teutonic Knights and ended in Swedish Victory against the Knights. They attempted a naval invasion on Sweden but was destroyed by the Swedish fleet. The second Teutonic Crusade (1222-1226) was fought between Sweden and Teutonic Knights and ended in Swedish Victory against the Knights who attempted a naval invasion in Finland. Still, their fleet was destroyed by the Swedish fleet. King Erik IX died in 1236 CE at the age of 65 and was succeeded by his 32 years old son, King Karl VII. The Third and final Teutonic Crusade (1246-1256) was fought between the Teutonic Knights who was join by Denmark and Norway against Sweden who was join by Pagan Lithuania and Novgorod (Which recently fought and won a war against the Knights in the Livonian campaign against Rus') and ended in Sweden and its allies’ victory against the Teutonic Knights and their allies. After the war the Teutonic Knights never again tried to invade Sweden. During King Karl VII Regin, he abolished Serfdom in the Kingdom, order all the Norse Sagas to be written down in books, and he founded a port city at the junction of Lake Mälar (Mälaren) and Salt Bay (Saltsjön) called Stockholm.

In 1335 CE King Karl VII grandson, King Erik X, issue a decree that ban slavery in Sweden. However, slavery is still allowed outside of the Kingdom, including Swedish Finland, so all slaves and slave owners left Sweden and headed toward Finland to keep their Christian slaves. In 1340 CE Sweden obtained gunpower from their trade with the Mongols and raiding from European ships. With the help of the Kingdom’s blacksmiths and alcamists Sweden created their cannons. In 1345 CE all Swedish fortifications have cannons in them. In 1350 CE, the Black Plague hit Sweden, which killed a third of the population, including King Erik X, his wife, and two of his sons and Sweden was not to recover fully for three hundred years. King Erik X was succeeded by his 21 years old son, King Ragnar IV. In 1444 Cen King Gústaf III, great grandson of King Ragnar IV, fought against Denmark-Norway in the Danish-Norwegian Crusade (1444-1451) Where Danish King Christian I hoped to not only force Catholicism on Sweden but also force the Kingdom into a personal union with him. The war lasted for seven years and ended in Swedish victory against Denmark-Norway due to their knowledge of their terrains and that all Swedish fortifications have cannons with them. In 1453 Constantinople have fallen to the Ottoman Empire and the Byzantium was no more. King Gústaf III was worried that with Byzantium and the Emperor’s Varangian Guard gone how will Swedish merchants pass the black sea to trade with other nations. So, after much talks and discussion between two nations an agreement was made in which the Ottomans will trade with Sweden and let their merchants pass through the Black Sea to trade with other nations, in exchange that Sweden would sell young Christian boys they captured on their raids to the Ottomans as slaves so they can train them to become janissaries. King Gústaf III died in 1460 at the age of 62 and was succeeded by his 30 years old son, King Erik XI.

In 1470 CE, King Erik XI fought against another war against Denmark-Norway in another attempt to force the Swedish to accept Christianity and their King, Christian I as Monarch of Sweden. Sweden won the war against Denmark-Norway again. King Erik XI died in 1488 CE at the age 58 and was succeeded by his 28 years old son, King Björn VII.

Ambition… Greed... Faith… Total War!

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Swedenn

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Puerto Somoza

THE KINGDOM OF SWEDEN: THE LAND OF THE NORSE AND THE LAST PAGANS OF EUROPE

An Epic Saga Part 3: 1488-1753

In 1510 news reached Sweden that a new world was discovered where there were new lands and tons of gold and King Björn VII, upon realizing this new land is the same lands discover by the legendary Icelandic explorer Leif Erikson, realized a great opportunity for Sweden to become rich and gain new land. This marks the beginning of the second Viking age (1510-1814) where the Viking raiders, including the Jomsvikings, raids Spanish and Portuguese ships full of golds and treasures along with guns and gunpower and brought it back to Sweden. Sweden blacksmith and alcamists reverse engineer the guns and created thousands of guns for the Swedish Army. In 1520 CE, King Björn VII moved the capital from Uppsala to Stockholm where all the stolen golds and treasures were brought back. Soon Stockholm became both political and economic center of Sweden. However, the former capital, Uppsala, remain the religious center of Sweden due to the Temple of Uppsala being the holiest sites in Ásatrú. King Björn VII died in 1530 CE at the age of 60 and was succeeded by his 23 years old son, King Karl VIII.

With the arrival of the printing press many books can be printed in such a short time. In 1540, King Karl VIII ordered all the religious Norse stories to be comprised into a single book called the Ásatrú Edda, and ordered its mass production to combat against the printing of the Bible. He also orders a mass printing of the Norse Sagas. In 1550, King Karl VIII establish colonial raiding bases in the Caribbean on two islands called Odin Island (Saint Barthélemy) and Freyja Island (Guadeloupe). Sweden fought against Russia in Russo-Swedish War (1554–1557), resulting in neither side returning to the status quo. It was the first war that the Swedish Army fought using guns. Sweden fought against Russia again in Livonian War resulting in Swedish Victory and gaining control of Estonia. Sweden fought against Denmark-Norway, Free City of Lübeck, and Polish–Lithuanian Union in the Northern Seven Years' War (1563–1570) resulting in neither side gaining anything returning to the status quo. King Karl VIII died in 1571 CE at the age of 64 and was succeeded by his 32 years old son, King Ragnar VI. During King Ragnar VI reign, Sweden fought two wars against Russia resulting in both Swedish victory and gaining Ingria and Livonia. King Ragnar VI died in 1611 CE at the age of 72 and was succeeded by his 35 years old son, King Gústaf IV. During King Gústaf IV reign, Sweden establishes a colony in North America in 1638 and was called New Sweden. A fort was created to be the capital of the colony was called Fort Odin. Sweden was neutral during the 30 years’ war. King Gústaf IV died in 1641 at the age of 65 and was succeeded by his 20 years old son, Erik XII. In 1650 Sweden establishes a colony in African Gold Coast and it was called the Swedish Gold Coast. A fort was established in the Gold Coast to be the capital of the colony called Fort Thor.

Sweden and its allies fought aganist Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth and its allies in the Second Northern War (1655–1660) resulting in both Swedish victory and defeat where Sweden defended their lands but lost New Sweden to the Dutch and Swedish Gold Coast to both the Danish and the Dutch. Sweden fought against Denmark-Norway in the Scanian War (1675–1679) resulting in Swedish Victory against Denmark-Norway. King Erik XII died in in 1683 at the age of 62 and was succeeded by his 28 years old son, King Håkan II. Sweden and its allies fought against Russia and their allies in the Great Northern War (22 February 1700 – 10 September 1721) resulting in both Swedish victory and defeat where Sweden defended their lands but have to cede Estonia, Livonia and Ingria as well as parts of Kexholm and Viborg to Russia. King Håkan II died in 1721 shortly after the war due to injury he received from a battle at the age of 66 and was succeeded by his 31 years old son, King Ragnar VII. Sweden fought against Russia in the Russo-Swedish War (1741–1743) resulting in Swedish defeat where they have to cede parts of Karelia and Savonia to Russia. King Ragnar VII died in 1753 at the age of 63 and was succeeded by his 22 years old son, King Erik XIV.

Ambition… Greed... Faith… Total War!

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Swedenn

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Puerto Somoza

THE KINGDOM OF SWEDEN: THE LAND OF THE NORSE AND THE LAST PAGANS OF EUROPE

An Epic Saga Part 4: 1753-1941

Sweden fought against Russia in the Russo-Swedish War (1788–1790) resulting with neither side gaining anything returning to the status quo. King Erik XIV died in 1797 at the age of 66 and was succeeded by his 34 years old son, King Björn VIII. Sweden fought against Russia in the Finnish War (1805-1810), resulting in Swedish defeat and cede the rest of Finland to Russia. The relationships between Christendom and Sweden began to change to more positivity when Sweden join Great Britain and its allies against Napoleon and the French Empire in the Napoleonic War. After the war, Great Britain and its allies established relations with Sweden and established an alliance and trade with Sweden. They showed their new relations with Sweden by agreeing that Norway should be in a personal union with Sweden. Sweden and Norway who declared its independence fought against each other in the Swedish–Norwegian War (1814) resulting with a ceasefire. In the Convention of Moss, Norway agrees to be in a personal union with Sweden in exchange that Sweden recognized the Norwegian Constitution, respected Norway's status as a Christian State, and did not enforce Ásatrú on Norway and Norwegians. Christian Frederik abandoned all claims to the Norwegian crown. 1818 marks the end of the second Viking age. In 1815 King Björn VIII issue multiple degrees which fully ended slavery in all of its oversea territories, ended the slave trade, and order that all Vikings should not raids on ships belong to Sweden’s allies but only on ships that belong to nations that are hostiles to Sweden. King Björn VIII died in 1822 at the age of 60 and was succeeded by his 25 years old son, King Karl IX.

King Karl IX died in 1859 at the age of 62 and was succeeded by his 20 years old son, King Erik XV. Under the reign of King Erik XV, Sweden, much like Japan at the same time, transformed from a stagnant rural society to a vibrant industrial society between the 1860s and 1910. The agricultural economy shifted from a communal village to a more efficient private farm-based agriculture and modernized the army. There was less need for manual labor on the farm so many went to the cities and a million Swedes emigrated to the United States between 1850 and 1890. Many returned and brought word of the higher productivity of American industry, this stimulating faster modernization. In 1873, Sweden and Denmark formed the Scandinavian Monetary Union. In 1878, Sweden had to sell their last remaining colonies in the Caribbean to France to relieve themselves of governing oversea territories. The late 19th century saw the emergence of the abolition of guild monopolies on craftsmen, government reform, and taxation reform. In 1890, King Erik XV reversed the anti-Christian laws thus allowing Christians to live in Sweden and freely worship their god. Although the law on forbidding any religions to try to convert Ásatrú follower still stand. In 1896, Ulf Ädel created Dynamite for War and quarrying and created the Ädel Prize (Nobel Prize). In 1899, King Erik XV ordered all fortications castles to be demolished and replaced by bunkers and placed as many Artilleries Battery's as possible. This took ten years to compete.

In 1905, Norway dissolves the Union between the two country and declare their independence and King Erik XV, under pressure from Great Britain was forced to recognized Norway as an independent nation and renounced all claims to the Norwegian crown. King Erik XV died in 1910 at the age of 71 and was succeeded by his 40 years old son, King Gústaf V. Sweden was neutral during WWI. During the First World War and the 1920s, its industries expanded to meet the European demand for Swedish steel, ball bearings, wood pulp, and matches. Post-war prosperity provided the foundations for the social welfare policies characteristic of modern Sweden. In 1924, King Gústaf V order tanks, planes and iron battleships for Sweden from Great Britain. King Gústaf V died in 1929 at the age of 60 and was succeeded by his 21 years old son, King Ragnar IX. Sweden was unaffected by the Great Depression thanks to the leadership of Ragnar IX. King Ragnar IX married his sweetheart Freja Backe, who became the new Queen of Sweden as Queen Freja, and two years later she gave birth to a son named Sigurd. When WII began King Ragnar IX declare Sweden netural, although the Jomsvikings order is willing to participate in the war on anyone sides, such as their involvement in the Winter War on the Finnish side.

Ambition… Greed... Faith… Total War!

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Swedenn

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Puerto Somoza

[B]EL PARAÍSO

[sub]October 1939—April 1940 | Managua Department, Republic of Nicaragua[/sub]

Near a month after the onset of global conflict, the Republic of Nicaragua led by Presidente Anastasio Somoza García's firm hand, decidedly plunged it's stake into the ensuing crisis, issuing a formal declaration of war against Volkist Germany, becoming one of many of the first nations to do so. Though exceptional for geopolitical and public relations, to enter and dedicate manpower toward such a conflict, would serve only to the detriment of Nicaragua's growing economy and even especially the power apparatus built by Somoza and Family. Despite this, García seen only the opportunity to further his political and economic goals domestically by, nonetheless, supporting the Allied war effort however else possible.

As various Allied nations pass war-time acts, ration laws, and other executive measures within their respective legislatures, opportunities abounded as García set his sights on expanding the family's financial dominion over Nicaragua and Nicaraguans. "El Paraíso" as coined by the President, Anastasio Somoza García's personal ideal of Nicaragua as a 'paradise', both literally and figuratively, for the most select of the world's elite, including wealthy, influential politicians and industry magnates. Employing methods much the same as fellow Allied powers, Somoza's administration passed a wave of eminent domain laws aimed, especially, at German-Nicaraguans, many of whom with well-established families holding onto swathes of prime land and the ancestral estates tethering them to it. Presented with an ultimatum by Managua, German-Nicaraguans were subject either to total liquidation of assets and properties or otherwise face imprisonment by the state. Given the limitation of options, liquidations of prominent German-Nicaraguan families began as early as December 1939. Shortly thereafter, families made entirely bankrupt and usurped of their financial structures began their exodus from the country, driven by the uncertainty of just how far anti-German laws and sentiment could expand.

In the midst of the silent crackdown, opportunities only seemed to abound from the 'convenience' of the war that ever allowed the eminent domain to come to fruition. Playa Montelimar, a relatively untapped white sand beach where the capital city meets the Pacific Ocean, alongisde some 25 hectares of quality ranch land in a river valley just outside the city of Jinotega, a former rebel stronghold in the northeast of the country during the Sandino Rebellion, still a fresh memory to the Nicaraguan people. Almost as if a vulgar display of power for crushing Augusto César Sandino's lowly miner's rebellion that protracted for six long years, Somoza planned for a family ranch to be built upon the 61 acres in homage of his triumph. This, however, seemed to be the lesser of plans as the acquisition of Montelimar Beach trumped that of any and all others.

Anastasio Somoza García would thus spend the next few months having blueprints and mock floor plans commissioned from foreign architects for a proposed 1,400,000 square foot entertainment resort and tourism complex, designed to meet the President's specifications, featuring a five-diamond hotel and casino, horse and greyhound racetrack, country club, a vast submarket, and even it's own private airstrip for exclusive travel. Sparing absolutely no expense, the extravagant undertaking finally began construction of the layout and design personally hand-selected by Somoza by early that April 1940. Government analysts suggest the project should be complete within a generous time-frame, estimated at full completion between late-1942 and mid-1943, given that weather, among other crucial factors, permit.

–

[Spoiler=LA DINASTÍA DORADA!]Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Arcanda, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Nileia, New Provenance

[list][pre]3 JUNE 1941[/pre][/list]

[sub]SMUTS GOVERNMENT MEMORANDA CONCERNING ENCLAVE ADMINISTRATION;[/sub]

https://www.nationstates.net/page=dispatch/id=1720617

Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Nileia, Vancouver Straits, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance

[list][pre]April, 1941 |Asmara, Eritrea, SDF Occupied Italian Eritrea[/pre]

ALLIED FORCES CLAIM VICTORY OVER EAST AFRICA[/list]

The scene in Khartoum felt celebratory, a feeling the people of Khartoum had not experienced since the defeat of Al-Mahdi. Soldiers, both white and black, along with the citizens of the city, aided each other in the removal and disarmament of anti-air defenses set up around the city. Those defenses had gone up since the threat of air raids from Italian East Africa had been realized. The Sudanese people would have the Rhodesians and the Royal Air Force to thank for their swiftness in strategy and planning for the protection of the skies above Sudan.

British and colonial flags waved across the paved streets of Khartoum. Fireworks and banners of the empire decorated the night sky. "VICTORY IS OURS!" The phrase was born on the streets of Sudan's very social and political center, a phrase that will live on forever as it was uttered over the victory gained above Eastern Africa.

The Pretoria Ultimatum, which had been rejected by Rome about 11 months ago, forced the Empire to enforce it, as South Africa, Sudan, and the Allied Forces had taken the necessary military actions by launching a full scale offensive against the Italian colonies entrenched on the borders of British Sudan.

Italian East Africa surrendered about six months after Sudan, South Africa, and the Allies started the first attacks against Italian positions across the border. The Italian colony invaded from its north, east, and west, and finally, from within the horn itself, as the Ethiopians joined the ranks of Emperor Selassie, prompting him to return victorious to his city, Addis Ababa, with the complete backing of his people. At that time, the SDF would have captured Keren, the bloodiest battle so far in the case of the SDF in the war. 600 dead.

With the war on the Sudanese front ending, Italian East Africa had been divided into a number of military zones amongst the allied forces involved in East Africa. With South African forces taking military control of southern Somalia and Ethiopia; Rhodesia and Imperial Forces taking hold of northern Somalia; and finally, the occupation of Eritrea coming under the full control of the Sudanese Defense Force.

With the surrender agreements now complete, the SDF would station a number of battalions across eight of Eritrea’s main towns and cities, six of which lay on the western side of the country closest to the Sudanese border. The objective is to establish an allied presence in Eritrea’s main centers of trade and society, with the largest force situated at Asmara, the provincial capital of Eritrea, as well as Masawa, the largest port city in the region.

[list][pre]SDF 1st. KASSALA DIVISION — ASMARA;[/pre]

[pre]•1st Atbarah Brigade. Asmara (5,000)

- (500) Mounted Camel Units

- (20) QF 18-pounder gun (1920 Pattern)

- (20) 45 mm anti-tank gun M1932

- (30) Scammell Pioneer Trucks/Artillery Tractors

- (7) Rolls-Royce Armored Cars

•2nd Atbarah Brigade. Asmara (5,000)

- (20) QF 18-pounder gun (1920 Pattern)

- (20) 45 mm anti-tank gun M1932

- (30) Scammell Pioneer Trucks/Artillery Tractors

- (7) Rolls-Royce Armored Cars

[/pre][/list]

[list][pre]SDF 2nd. KASSALA DIVISION — WESTERN ERITREA;[/pre]

[pre]• 1st Shendi Battalion. Gulch (1,000)

- (100) Camel Mounted Units

- (20) QF 18-pounder gun (1920 Pattern)

-(7) Rolls-Royce Armored Cars

- (5) Cruiser Mk III Tanks

•2nd Shendi Battalion. Barentu (1,000)

- (15) Carro Veloce L3/35 R 45 Tank-Destroyers

•1st Berber Battalion. Akurdet (1,000)

- (100) Mounted Camel Units

- (20) QF 18-pounder gun (1920 Pattern)

- (6) Scammell Pioneer Trucks/Artillery Tractors

- (6) QF 3.7-inch AA gun

•2nd Berber Battalion. Keren (1,000)

- (14) Ordnance SBML two-inch mortar

[/pre][/list]

[list][pre]SDF 1st. RED SEA DIVISION — RED SEA ERITREA;[/pre]

[pre]•3rd Berber Battalion. Āssab (1,000)

- (14) Ordnance SBML two-inch mortar

•1st Port Brigade. Masawa (5,000)

- (500) Mounted Camel Units

- (20) QF 18-pounder gun (1920 Pattern)

- (20) 45 mm anti-tank gun M1932

- (30) Scammell Pioneer Trucks/Artillery Tractors

- (7) Rolls-Royce Armored Cars

•1st Port Battalion. Masawa (1,000)

-(20) QF 18-pounder gun (1920 Pattern)

-(6) Scammell Pioneer Trucks/Artillery Tractors

•2nd Port Battalion. Masawa (1,000)

- (5) Cruiser Mk III Tanks

•3rd Port Battalion. Keren (1,000)

- (5) Carro Veloce L3/35 R 45 Tank-Destroyers

•4th Port Battalion. Nak’fa (1,000)

(100) Mounted Camel Units

- (6) QF 3.7-inch AA gun

•5th Port Battalion. Nak’fa (1,000)

- (100) Mounted Camel Units

- (14) Ordnance SBML two-inch mortar[/pre][/list]

The Sudanese Defense Force, taking up positions in and around the Eritrean cities, had provided a statement to the Sudanese people, reminding them that although the African shield of Sudan, Uganda, and Kenya had defeated the fascist beast, the Great War of Liberation has yet to be won. The French colonies are in uproar against the Vichy French regime that has taken power over what remained of the once proud nation following its capitulation to the German Reich.

The Sudanese people must now be ready to provide and aid free French forces across the border in French Equatoria while rushing to support their allies in Egypt as they take a stand against the last remaining stronghold of fascist Italy in Africa. With the liberation of East Africa, Libya remains the final stop in removing the Voklist threat from the African continent.

[list]AL-NASRU LENA!

AL-NASRU LE SUDAN![/list]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Swedenn

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Otsla, Pontianus, Kotakuan Ii, Ranponian, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance, Islahh

[list][list]The Kingdom of Italy, Greece Refuses Italian Ultimatum - Italia at War with Greece!, Winter 1940-1941

Il Regno d'Italia, la Grecia Rifiuta L'ultimatum Italiano - L'Italia in Guerra con la Grecia!, Inverno 1940-1941[/list][/list]

[list][list][list]Adriatican Islands - Esercito Italiano, Regia Marina, Regia Aeronautica![/list][/list]

[list][pre]ITALIA INVADES GREECE VIA YUGOSLAVIA FOLLOWING REFUSAL OF ULTIMATUM - EIGHT ITALIAN DIVISIONS PUSH INTO EPIRUS!

L'ITALIA INVADE LA GRECIA ATTRAVERSO LA JUGOSLAVIA DOPO IL RIFIUTO DELL'ULTIMATUM - OTTO DIVISIONI ITALIANE SI SPINGONO IN EPIRO![/pre][/list]

| The Mare Nostrum Cordiale was created to achieve peace in Europe, primarily the Balkans. Italy, Greece, and Yugoslavia were the main nations of concern, as these three nations were members of strong alliances, and their falling into the conflict would mean certain doom for Europe. This was in 1936, and by 1940, the Cordiale had broken. Yugoslavia and Greece had left, as well as France getting overrun by Germany in May 1940. Most importantly of all, however, Italy made the Pact of Steel with the German Staat, forever ending relations between former Cordiale members from then on. With Europe falling into war once more, Italy stood firm by the German side and fought the Allied Powers in North and Eastern Africa. Yugoslavia ultimately chose to collaborate with the Axis, however, Greece stood with the British Empire. |

| Greece was the unofficial target for Italy ever since war had broken out. Greece had many lands which Mussolini and the Fascist Grand Council had been set on reclaiming. The Greeks siding with the Allies further fueled the Grand Council and was not helped by an Italian submarine sinking the Greek cruiser Elli in August 1940, which further heightened tensions between the two countries. To end the now 'gray zone between the two countries, Mussolini ordered the final move that would end peace. On the 28th of October, at 03:00, Italian Foreign Minister Galeazzo Ciano had a task that was to be fulfilled by the Italian Ambassador in Athens, Emanuele Grazzi. The ultimatum demanded that Italian troops were to be granted free passage through Greece, and the occupation of unspecified locations. As to be somewhat expected, the Greek Premier, Ioannis Metaxas, had declined the ultimatum, and on that morning, bombs dropped on Mainland Greece, and the Greco-Italian War had begun. Mussolini stated the Fascist Grand Council: |

[list][pre]"Greece is rightful Italian land! It was once ours, and we have come back to reclaim it, my fellow brethren. Premier Metaxas had declined our ultimatum to simply ["]restore order["] in Greece, and now it is coming back to him! Earlier this morning, 90,000 troops and 500 aircraft took to Greece and we pounded the enemy! We will take Greece before December, Italia will come out on top!"[/pre][/list]

| With that, eight Italian divisions, along with the support of the Italian 9th and 11th Armies started their offensive in Northern Greece, mainly Epirus, flanking Greece from the South. They are supported by the 453 Aircraft of the Regia Aeronautica, 163 Light Tanks, and 686 Artillery pieces, slowly but steadily the Italian Army advanced into Greece, but ultimately the advance had to be halted due to supply shortages on the 13th of November. However, by the 14th, Italian forces were horrified when Greek troops started to push back. In northern sectors, Greek forces even pushed back to the Albanian border, however in December, a true miracle happened. The Italian Comando Supremo (Italian Supreme Command) ordered that Greece be the priority front. In late December, 15 more Italian divisions were sent to Albania, pushing the Greeks back by the 6th of January, 1941. From that point to Early March, the advance had hit a stalemate, with the Esercito Italiano pushing into the Pindus Mountains. The Duce made morale boosting speech in January 1941, stating: |

[list][pre]"The brave Italian fighters all over the Empire! Our advance in Greece is a success! I can only say that the Greeks have 'taught' us a lesson. That when someone throws a stone at us, we throw a boulder right back! We are currently set to... push into the Greek mainland, and then march onto Athens. I can ensure you, that we will win the war against Greece, and soon, the Mediterranean Sea will turn into an Italian lake!"[/pre][/list]

| With Italian forces now in the Pindus Mountain, and with a stalemate reached, Italian pleas to the German High Command hoping for support against Greece had been delivered in late March. Meanwhile, more reinforcements had arrived in Albania, and the hard push had continued once more, now occupying the large majority of Epirus. Amphibious forces had also stormed the island of Corfu, further strengthening the Italian front line. What will happen is certain - Italian victory in Greece. |

[list][list][spoiler=Mussolini goes to eat Greece, he says it tastes revolting, gives in 2 Stars on Yelp.

[sub]Would not recommend, would not try again. [/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Swedenn

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler][/list]

Nonador, Paseo, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Otsla, Pontianus, Kotakuan Ii, Ranponian, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance, Islahh, Saldat

[list][sub]MAY 1941[/sub]

[sub]The Battle for the Atlantic[/sub][/list]

[list]| [sub]DIE KÄMPFE AUF DEM MEER: DIE SCHLACHT IM ATLANTIK GEHT WEITER, WÄHREND DEUTSCHLAND KÄMPFT, UM BRITANNIENS VERSORGUNG ZU STRANGULIEREN[/sub]

[sub]| THE CLASHES OF THE SEA: THE BATTLE OF THE ATLANTIC RAGES ON AS GERMANY FIGHTS TO STRANGLE BRITAIN'S SUPPLY[/sub][/list]

—

[sub]| BREMEN | The Port of Bremen, for a majority of its history, has been known for its merchant activity. It is a major cultural and economic hub in Northern Germany, and served as the second largest port in Germany, behind Hamburg. It also holds the title of the 11th largest city in Germany, 2nd largest city in Northern Germany (again, behind Hamburg), and the largest city on the River Weser, the longest river flowing entirely in Germany. Under the Volkist regime, Bremen, a broadly liberal and social democratic city, lost its autonomy under the Chancellor's regime. However, with the rise of tensions on the European Continent, precipitating with the invasion of Poland and the start of a Second Great War, the port took on a different role. In fact, it had taken on this role - albeit more subtly - years prior, when the Kriegsmarine began establishing a presence in the vital port city, key to keeping Germany's shores and seaways open from foreign interference. The port of Bremen turned from a merchant capital to a center for the production of U-boats, naval submarines operated by Germany. These underwater carriers of death served as efficient fleet weapons against enemy warships but were most effectively used in economic warfare (through commerce raiding) and enforcing naval blockades against enemy shipping.[/sub]

[list][list][sub]"All wars will be settled by sea power."

[list]— ERICH RAEDER, Staatsminister of the Navy and Chief Admiral of the Kriegsmarine[/sub][/list][/list][/list]

[sub]The Battle of the Atlantic has, so far, been the longest continuous military campaign in the Second Great War, running from the start of military engagements in 1939 to the present. As suggested by the name, the Battle of the Atlantic was centered around the Allied blockade of Germany earlier in the war and, later, Germany's subsequent counter-blockade. From 1940 onwards, the clashes of the sea began taking a higher prominence in the conflict on the ground, where Germany was winning decisive victory after decisive victory, as the German Kriegsmarine, under Admiral Erich Raeder, began waging a campaign of economic warfare through commerce raiding and a campaign of blockading and 'strangling' the economy of the enemy states, particularly the United Kingdom, isolated from its Allies by thousands of miles of deep ocean. Due to Britain's dependence on imported goods, the Battle of the Atlantic centered primarily around a tonnage war, where the Allies sought to keep Britain supplied while the Kriegsmarine, along with its allies in the Regia Marina of Italy, attempted to stem the flow of merchant shipping that kept Britain on its feet and fighting.[/sub]

[sub]Key to this tonnage war - at least on Germany's side - was the U-boats. Originating from the First Great War, from 1914 to 1918, U-boats essentially served as underwater submarines serving as efficient fleet weapons against enemy vessels. The U-boats gained notoriety with the sinking of the HMS Lusitania, which eventually culminated in the American entry into the First Great War on the side of the Triple Entente of Britain, France and the Russian Empire. Now, during this Second Great War, the U-boats took on a different role. It would still partake in the sinking of enemy warships on patrols and such to complement Luftwaffe air operations and coast-origin artillery bombardments to keep the coastlines of France, Belgium and the Netherlands secure from British amphibious landings, but on a smaller scale. Rather, the U-boat would now be taking on the role of 'fleet and supply disruptor'. These types of missions entail the U-boat fleets dispatching themselves far from the mainland, into the Atlantic, and onto British shipping lanes, where supply ships and their escorts - transporting vital goods to keep the U.K. fighting and surviving - would be sunk.[/sub]

[sub]These new operations would be dedicated to the goal of strangling Britain and its supply, with the hope of eventually forcing London to surrender as supplies dwindled and their capacity to defend even only their home island would be obliterated, allowing German forces to invade in an already delayed Operation Sealion. However, under the Chancellor's direction, with June 1941 coming up rapidly and the execution of a top secret Eastern operation inbound, plans to execute Operation Sealion had already been scrapped. Some said this would prove to be Germany's downfall, but most agreed it was for the best, as the British Home Islands would be, for some considerable time, a fortress strengthened by the resolve of the British people.[/sub]

[sub]In the background of the Second Great War and its land conflicts, may it be in China, North Africa, the resistance movements in Poland, France and the Netherlands, or over the skies of Britain and in the seas of the Channel, the Battle of the Atlantic rages on, the silent but perhaps the most monumental and effecting part of the entire conflict. U-boats enter the Atlantic and sink enemy shipping vessels, primarily those from the United States, transporting goods to the British Empire in an effort to strangle their supply and force London into surrender. However, the resolve of the enemy could prove to be stronger than Germany may think. Nonetheless, the Staat pushes onwards.[/sub]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Swedenn

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paseo, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Vancouver Straits, Puerto Somoza, Saldat

Post self-deleted by Adriatican Islands.

[list][list]The Kingdom of Italy, The Push for Athens and the Aegean Islands - Italian Master Plan Unfolds in Greece!, Spring 1941

Il Regno d'Italia, La Spinta per Atene e le isole dell'Egeo - Il Piano Regolatore Italiano si Sviluppa in Grecia!, Primavera 1941[/list][/list]

[list][list][list]Adriatican Islands - Esercito Italiano, Regia Marina, Regia Aeronautica![/list][/list][/list]

[list][list][pre]MUSSOLINI'S MASTER PLAN UNFOLDS IN GREECE - MAINLAND GREECE AND AEGEAN ISLANDS TAKEN! : TOTAL COLLAPSE GREEK ARMY IS IMMINENT!

IL PIANO DI MUSSOLINI SI SVOLGE IN GRECIA - LA GRECIA CONTINENTALE E LE ISOLE DELL'EGEO SONO PRESE! L'ESERCITO GRECO CROLLA![/pre][/list][/list]

[list][list][list]BACKGROUND - STALEMATE IN THE SOUTHERN BALKAN PENINSULA - WINTER '40 - '41[/list][/list][/list]

[list]| With the Italian Invasion of Greece now truly underway, the past Winter has proven challenging for both Greek and Italian armies, to say the least. The failure to capitulate Greece and take Athens by Winter has proven humiliating for the Italian Army, however, a renewed push in the Winter of 1940 had proven relative success for the Esercito Italiano, as the Greek region of Epirus was now under the full control of Italy. Back at the Italian Comando Supremo Headquarters in Rome, Mussolini along with the Fascist Grand Council had been planning an even bigger push in Greece, to hopefully break the over 4-month stalemate of the failed campaign. The plan was set for the 12th of February, and the grand Italian force had been mobilized to the unstable border. The total of forces by February was an impressive fighting force. Mussolini made a statement right before the operation: |[/list]

[list][list][pre]"The war with Greece has proved that nothing is firm in the military, and that surprises always awaits us."[/pre][/list][/list]

[list]| The overall operation was planned to cross for over a month, a slow yet steady push towards Athens. Mussolini and the rest of the high command had relegated a large majority of the home defenses towards Greece, even placing it as the priority front in December 1940. The overall final number of forces to be reinforced in Greece was to add to the already impressive tally of troops, the number being; 29 divisions of 58 regiments, 400,000 troops, and 50,000 animals. All in all, at the time of operation, the official tally would be more than 600,000 troops, 48 Infantry, Armored, Armored Cavalry, and Alpine Divisions, and over 65,000 animals. A large amount of over 15,000 trucks, tanks, and other vehicles were also at the front. |

[list][list][spoiler=Additional Infantry Divisions sent to Greece]

[list]• 29th Infantry Division "Piemonte" - Under the Command of General Adolfo Naldi

• 19th Infantry Division "Venezia" - Under the Command of General Silvio Bonini

• 49th Infantry Division "Parma" - Under the Command of Brigadier General Emilio Battisti

• 53rd Infantry Division "Arezzo" - Under the Command of Brigadier General Ernesto Ferone

• 11th Infantry Division "Brennero" - Under the Command of General Paolo Berardi

• 23rd Infantry Division "Ferrara" - Under the Command of General Licurgo Zannini

• 33rd Infantry Division "Acqui" - Under the Command of Brigade General Adamo Mariotti

• 37th Infantry Division "Modena" - Under the Command of General Alessandro Gloria

• 48th Infantry Division "Taro" - Under the Command of General Gino Pedrazzoli

• 51st Infantry Division "Siena" - Under the Command of General Angelico Carta

• 56th Infantry Division "Casale" - Under the Command of Colonel Giovanni Marioni

• 7th Infantry Division "Lupi di Toscana" - Under the Command of General Gustavo Reisoli-Matthieu

[/spoiler][/list][/list]

[list][list][spoiler=Additional Armored Divisions sent to Greece]

[list]• 131st Armored Division "Centauro" - Under the Command of Brigadier General Gioacchino Solinas

• 132nd Armored Division "Ariete" - Under the Command of Brigadier General Ismaele di Nisio

• 133rd Armored Division "Littorio" - Under the Command of General Gervasio Bitossi

[/spoiler][/list][/list]

[list][list][spoiler=Additional Mountain Divisions sent to Greece]

[list]• 2nd Alpine Division "Tridentina" - Under the Command of General Ugo Santovito

• 3rd Alpine Division "Julia" - Under the Command of General Mario Girotti

• 4th Alpine Division "Cuneense" - Under the Command of General Alberto Ferrero

• 5th Alpine Division "Pusteria" - Under the Command of General Giovanni Esposito

[/spoiler][/list][/list]

| Late in the night on the 12th of February, 1941, troops stormed the current front lines, this time, they had superior numbers and logistics. Phase One of the Offensive was to successfully take Corfu and Northern Thessaly, which were taken with relative ease. Elements of the Regia Marina had also been present and had overall bombarded the islands, taking 30,000 Greek prisoners. Amphibious and airdrop operations involving the 80th Infantry Division "La Spezia" and the 183rd Paratroopers Division "Cyclone" had also landed in the Coastal City of Parga, opening up a Second Front in Greece. Along with this, elements of the 184th Paratroopers Division "Nembo" and 185th Paratroopers Division "Folgore" had been stationed in Rhodes as a sub-part of the Spring Offensive, and with the support of the Regia Aeronautica and Regia Marina, had landed on the islands of Thera, Anafi, and Astipalaia. With the first week over, it was now time for the Second Phase of the invasion, another push towards Athens. |

| The Second Phase was to advance in the regions of Central Greece, Thessaly, and Macedonia. This week had failed to accomplish its main goals, however, with the Thessaly front barely moving, however, goals were made in Central Greece. By now, the Greek Front had collapsed, and time was running out for the Greek troops. More and more troops were being captured, and as naval landings continued in the Aegean Islands, it was apparent that this offensive would succeed. This had laid the grounds for Phase Three, which split the Northern Greek Army completely away from Thessaly. Furthermore, gains in Central Greece boomed, largely due to the forces in the Aegean being delegated to the Greek mainland. Minor gains had also been made in Thessaly. |

| This had set the stage for the Fourth Stage, which was postponed by one week due to weather issues, but had brought the most success out of all phases. The majority of land remaining was the Greek countryside, with more roads, meaning advances could be rampant, Greece was now on the back foot, permanently. The major city of Thessaloniki had been encircled, and another push had been made in the Aegean. The major islands of Filoti, Ikaria, and Lefkes had been taken, capturing Greek garrisons in the area. It was at that point when, Central Greece fell to Italian forces, capturing the coastline, and the imminent invasion of Peloponnese was near. By the Fifth Stage, an all-out brawl had begun. Landings in Crete had been successful, as well as the total occupation of Macedonia, and the invasion of Peloponnese. The port of Patras was taken along with it. By now, Thessaly was entirely in Italian hands, the roar of artillery could now be heard from Athens. More islands were taken, thus ending the operation. Even if the Italian Army was bogged down in the end, the operation was an overall success, bringing Greece to its knees.

https://www.nationstates.net/nation=adriatican_islands/detail=factbook/id=1721156

[list][list][spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Swedenn

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler][/list][/list]

Nonador, Paseo, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance, Islahh, Saldat, Archive Of S And O

[list][sub]JUNE 1941[/sub]

[sub]The Frigid March East[/sub][/list]

[list]| [sub]BEGINN DER OPERATION BARBAROSSA: DEUTSCHLAND BEGINNT DEN EISIGEN MARSCH NACH OSTEN[/sub]

[sub]| OPERATION BARBAROSSA BEGINS: GERMANY BEGINS THE FRIGID MARCH EAST[/sub][/list]

—

[sub]| WARSAW | The planning for Operation Barbarossa was seen as incredibly confusing, perhaps even contradictory, by some within the higher echelons of Germany's higher military and government offices. In the two years prior to the planned June 1941 execution date of Operation Barbarossa, the invasion of the Soviet Union by Germany and most of its Axis allies, Germany and the USSR had signed political and economic pacts for strategic purposes. In July 1940, after the People's Republic of Aras, a Soviet socialist puppet state, was established in northeastern Turkey, the German High Command began planning an invasion of the Soviet Union, under the codename Operation Otto. In early 1941, preparations for the beginning of the operation had already begun, even after German forces were dispatched to aid the Italians in Greece. By February 1941, 680,000 German soldiers were gathered in assembly areas on the German-Dacian and German-Soviet borders. Upwards of 3 million German troops and 690,000 Axis soldiers had been moved to the regions of Germany bordering the USSR, and additional Luftwaffe operations including aerial surveillance were conducted over Soviet territory months before the attack.[/sub]

[list][list][sub]"A war is not lost until you consider it lost."

[list]— ERICH VON MANSTEIN, Field Marshal of the Wehrmacht[/sub][/list][/list][/list]

[sub]The Wehrmacht deployed a total of 153 divisions for Operation Barbarossa, which included 104 infantry divisions, 19 panzer divisions, and 15 motorized divisions organized into three army groups, 9 security divisions to operate in conquered territory and 2 divisions in reserve. This gargantuan force was equipped with 6,867 armored vehicles, 3,795 of which were tanks, 4,389 aircraft (amounting to 65% of the Luftwaffe), 23,435 artillery pieces, 17,081 mortars, 600,000 motor vehicles, and over 700,000 horses. Additional divisions were enlisted from the puppet governments of Germany as well as from Italy.[/sub]

[sub]Army Group North would march through Latvia and Estonia into northern Russia, to take or destroy the city of Leningrad. Army Group Center, equipped with the most armor and air power, would strike from Poland into Belorussia and the western-central regions of Russia proper, to advance to Smolensk then to Moscow. Army Group South would strike southwards, into the heavily populated and agricultural heartland of Ukraine, advancing into Kiev before continuing to the Volga River in Russia proper to occupy the oil-rich Caucasus mountains. A smaller detachment, known as Army Dacia, would be dispatched along the German-Dacian border to advance into the Soviet puppet satellite states established there, in the former states of Romania and Bulgaria.[/sub]

[sub]On 22 June 1941, the invasion of the Soviet Union would begin. At 21:00 on 21 June, a German deserter named Alfred Liskow crossed the border and attempted to warn the Soviets that a German attack was coming the next day, 22 June, at 04:00. At 03:15 local time on 22 June 1941, the Axis Powers commenced its invasion of the Soviet Union with the bombing of Soviet-occupied cities in Eastern Poland. An artillery barrage on Red Army defenses on the entire front also commenced. Air raids by the all-powerful Luftwaffe were conducted as far as Kronstadt (near Leningrad), Ismail in Bessarabia, and Sevastopol in Crimea. Ground crossings by the Wehrmacht began shortly after, accompanied in some areas by Lithuanian and Ukrainian supporters. An estimated three million Wehrmacht personnel mobilized into action that day. [/sub]

[sub]Luftwaffe reconnaissance units targeted Soviet concentration of forces, supply dumps, and airfields, through marking them for destruction. Additional air attacks were carried out against Soviet military command and control centers to disrupt the mobilization and organization of Soviet forces. The Luftwaffe reportedly destroyed up to 1,489 aircraft on the first day of the invasion, and over 3,100 over the first three days. By the end of the first week of the conflict, the Luftwaffe had achieved complete air superiority over the battlefields of all the army groups, but was unable to effect this total air dominance over the rest of the western Soviet Union.[/sub]

[sub]On Day 1 (22 June) Army Group North attacked the Northwestern Front and broke through the Soviets' 8th and 11th armies. A powerful counterattack was launched back against the German 4th Panzer Group, but the counterattack failed. The next day Soviet forces withdrew to the Western Dvina River. However, on 26 June, Erich von Manstein's LVI Panzer Corps reached the river first and established a bridgehead, forcing the Soviets to abandon the river defenses. As a result, Soviet Northwestern Forces withdrew northward, supposedly to the Stalin Line on the approaches to Leningrad.[/sub]

[sub]In the south, the northern sections of Army Group South faced the Southwestern Front, which commanded the largest concentration of Soviet forces, while the southern section faced the Soviet Southern Front. The Pripyat Marshes and the Carpathian Mountains posed serious challenges to the Army Group's northern and southern sections respectively. On Day 1, only the northern section of Army Group South attacked, but terrain weakened their assault, giving Soviet defenders time to retaliate. German Panzers and the 6th Army broke through the Soviet 5th Army. On 23 June, Soviet mechanized counterattacks attacked the flanks of the 1st Panzer Corps from the north and south. However, this counterattack was forced back due to poor coordination. On 26 June, another Soviet counterattack was launched, but ended in defeat for the Soviets after four days. On 30 June, the remnants of the Southwestern Front would withdraw, presumably to the Stalin Line, where they would defend the Kiev approaches. [/sub]

[sub]In the opening hours of Day 1, the Luftwaffe destroyed the Soviets' regional air forces on the ground, with the aid of the Abwehr and supporting anti-communist groups within the USSR. These groups also paralyzed the Soviets' communication lines. On the same day, the 2nd Panzer Group crossed the Bug River, broke through the Bug Army, bypassed Brest Fortress, and bore down onto Minsk, while the 3rd Army Group bypassed the 3rd Army and pressed onto Vilnius. At the same time, the 4th and 9th Armies engaged Western Front forces near Bialystok. A counterattack against Grodno was launched on 24-25 June, but it failed when its primary target, the 3rd Panzer Group, had apparently moved on, reaching Vilnius on the evening of 23 June. By the evening of the 25th, Soviet counterattacks across the central front had been defeated. That same evening, Soviet forces withdrew to Slonim near Minsk. On 27 June, the 2nd and 3rd Panzer Groups met near Minsk and captured the city the next day, encircling almost all of the Western Front in two pockets, at Bialystok and another one west of Minsk. The Wehrmacht destroyed the Soviet 3rd and 10th Armies while inflicting serious losses on the 4th, 11th and 13th Armies, capturing an alleged 324,000 troops, 3,300 tanks, and 1,800 artillery pieces.[/sub]

[sub]On 29 June, the Chancellor, through Wehrmacht Commander-in-Chief General Werner von Stresse, instructed commander of Army Group Center Fedor von Bock to halt the advance of his panzers until the infantry formations clearing out the encircled enemy forces caught up. However, Heinz Guderian, commanding the 2nd Panzer Group, ignored the instruction and attacked eastwards towards Bobruisk. He personally inspected the Minsk-Bialystok pocket on 30 June, and concluded that his panzer group was not needed, since the 3rd Group was already involved. Some infantry corps of the 9th and 4th armies, having successfully obliterated the Bialystok pocket, resumed their march eastward. On 1 July, Fedor von Bock ordered the panzer groups to continue their full advance two days later, on 3 July.[/sub]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Swedenn

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Osivoii, Otsla, Pontianus, Vancouver Straits, Puerto Somoza, Saldat, Adriatican Islands, Maziya

June,1941

______________________________________________

OUTSIDE OF THE PREPARATION PLANS

______________________________________________

Throughout the entire year so far,Maziya has been militarizing to prepare for a invasion by the Japanese,and because of this what was supposed to be the election this year had to be postpone to keep stability within the government to ensure that the preparation plan is executed perfectly.However because of the preparation plan making fears within the government that the Japanese are a looming threat being made very much public to the population,this has sparked a majority of the population to think that the preparation is not necessary as they don't know if the Japanese will in fact invade the nation.To the point of view of the people the government is just burning away cash to a threat which could possibly not even appear.

Due to this the preparation plan would be halted for a while as prime minister,Juaidi would make a public speech.

[B]"I understand that all of you think that this is not a wise decision,but I just guarantee our safety over all else.That is why we've decided to postpone the election till we can either confirm the Japanese won't invade us or the possible invasion ends,after that point we won't meddle with any international affairs in terms of conflicts and will be focusing on the rebuilding process and removal of the changes from the preparation plan which had been made whether it be up to this point or in the future."

The prime minister speech did not help and more people began to feel that the preparation is pointless as even the government does not seem to know if they will be getting invaded.

______________________________________________

IN MALAY

______________________________________________

Sepanjang tahun setakat ini, Maziya telah melakukan ketenteraan untuk bersiap sedia menghadapi pencerobohan oleh Jepun, dan oleh sebab itu apa yang sepatutnya menjadi pilihan raya tahun ini terpaksa ditangguhkan untuk mengekalkan kestabilan dalam kerajaan bagi memastikan rancangan penyediaannya adalah. dilaksanakan dengan sempurna. Namun kerana rancangan penyediaan yang menimbulkan kebimbangan dalam kerajaan bahawa Jepun adalah ancaman yang sedang didedahkan kepada orang ramai, ini telah mencetuskan majoriti penduduk untuk berfikir bahawa persediaan itu tidak perlu kerana mereka tidak. Tidak tahu sama ada Jepun sebenarnya akan menyerang negara itu. Bagi pandangan rakyat, kerajaan hanya membakar wang tunai kepada ancaman yang mungkin tidak akan muncul.

Disebabkan ini rancangan persiapan akan dihentikan buat sementara waktu sebagai perdana menteri, Juaidi akan membuat ucapan awam. [B]"Saya faham bahawa anda semua berpendapat bahawa ini bukan keputusan yang bijak, tetapi saya hanya menjamin keselamatan kami berbanding segala-galanya. Itulah sebabnya kami memutuskan untuk menangguhkan pilihan raya sehingga kami boleh mengesahkan sama ada Jepun tidak akan melakukannya. menyerang kami atau kemungkinan pencerobohan berakhir, selepas itu kami tidak akan mencampuri sebarang hal ehwal antarabangsa dari segi konflik dan akan memberi tumpuan kepada proses pembinaan semula dan penyingkiran perubahan daripada pelan penyediaan yang telah dibuat sama ada sehingga titik ini atau pada masa hadapan."

Ucapan perdana menteri tidak membantu dan lebih ramai orang mula merasakan bahawa persiapan itu sia-sia kerana kerajaan pun nampaknya tidak tahu sama ada mereka akan diceroboh.

______________________________________________

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Philanialle, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands

[list][list]JUNE 1941

TOKYO, JAPAN — EAST ASIA[/list]

[list][list]東京政府の決断は外交の邪魔になります!

[pre]TOKYO GOVERNMENT INDECISION GETS IN THE WAY OF DIPLOMATIC AFFAIRS![/pre][/list][/list]

| Occasionally, when under pressure, a Japanese diplomat will surprise the world with a straightforward and simple statement, and that statement came from Mr. KENKICHI YOSHIZAWA, head of Japan’s economic mission in the Dutch East Indies. He had received information that the Dutch East Indies had no intention of allowing Japan to increase shipments of rubber, oil and tin. In a phone call to Japanese journalists, Commissioner Yoshizawa said: “The choice before our eyes appears to be either statesmanship or physical force.” That was a complete definition of what Tokyo worried about, and there was no sign that Tokyo was getting anywhere with it. Those who advocated physical force spoke out. Mr. TOSHIO SHIRATORI, diplomatic adviser to the Ministry of Foreign Affairs, where his words sound like any Volkist’s, declared: |

[list][list]日本が三重同盟に参加した主な理由は、ベルリン、ローマ、東京が世界で大きな変化を見せている今、同じ立場、関心、政治的見解を共有していることです。 中国は日本の真の敵ではありません。 実際、日本は英国と米国と戦っています。 過去には、我々は様々なニーズを得ることを試みていたので、意図的にアングロ・サクソンの敵意を無視することによって現実を隠すことにしました。 米国と英国のサプライ品を通じた中国での軍事作戦はできないことが明らかになっています。 最初に行うべきことは、南に向かって前進することです。 ヨーロッパとアジアが新秩序の下にあると、アメリカは資本主義を維持することができません。

[pre]“The main reason for Japan’s participation in the triple alliance is that Berlin, Rome and Tokyo, at this time of great change in the world, share the same position, interests and political views. China is not Japan’s real enemy. In fact, Japan is fighting Britain and the U.S. In the past, we would hide reality by purposefully ignoring the hostility of the Anglo-Saxons because we were trying to get various needs from them. It has been clarified that we cannot carry out our military operations in China through American and British supplies. The first thing we must do now is carry out our advance towards the South. Once Europe and Asia are under the New Order, America will be unable to maintain its capitalism.”[/pre][/list][/list]

| The Japanese military received information that French Indochina was building a “commercial” seaplane base eight miles below Saigon — just 675 miles from Singapore. Russia increased the incentive it gave the Japanese in the Non-Aggression Pact by signing a new $14,000,000 exchange deal (the previous year's trade between Russia and Japan was less than $2,000,000). Also the puppet leader WANG CHINGWEI went to Tokyo, where he will be received by the Son of the Sun. The purpose of the visit will be to talk about the establishment of a “peace bloc”, which will include Germany, Italy, Japan, Russia and Nanjing, that would guarantee co-prosperity for all and end Russian assistance to Free China. The latter move was expected to erupt into a civil war between Chiang Kai-shek and the Chinese Communists, which would make it possible for Japanese troops to move south. |

| For Japan’s advocates of force, it seemed like a good time to start. But Japan’s advocates of statesmanship were anything but acquiescent. They needed to see the “peace bloc” — specifically Russia being a participant in that bloc — before they believed it. They were quickly convinced that the China Incident had been disastrous and costly enough without attacking the Dutch East Indies. They were inclined to believe that the Dutch East Indies threatened that, if necessary, all oil wells, pipelines and refineries would be blown up before the Japanese could take them. They also already knew that the Japanese would never have a chance to attack the Indies, which could be stopped by the U.S. Navy and Air Force — which could bomb Japanese cities. Many Japanese statesmen were in favor of Japan leaving China and repairing Japan’s failed trade with the U.S. and the entire South Pacific area. Many Japanese and government officials believed that Japan should continue negotiations with the Dutch East Indies or, at most, call Commissioner Yoshizawa and wait for a better negotiation time. Instructions were sent to Commissioner Yoshizawa, but it didn't seem likely that they predicted war. It wasn’t too long ago that the Japanese government’s internal strife seemed to lead to more indecision. |[/list][/list]

Nonador, Rutannia, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Pontianus, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance, Saldat, Adriatican Islands, Maziya

[list][list][list][pre]GRANDE ESTADO NOVO

A UNIÃO-ESTADO PLURICONTINENTAL DAS NAÇÕES PORTUGUESAS

GLÓRIA A DEUS, GLÓRIA A SALAZAR, GLÓRIA A VARGAS[/pre][/list]

______

ESTADO NOVO AND TRIESTADO GRANADINAS COMBINE MILITARY INITIATIVES TOWARD INTEGRATED SECURITY MEASURES

[sub]1ST GREATER ESTADO NOVO ADMINISTRATION | LISBON & RIO DE JANEIRO, JULY 1941 [/sub][/list]

[sub]| In coordination between the Estado Novo and its closest Catholic ally, Triestado Granadinas, both nations have come forward to combine defense initiatives for the production and development of seven new ground force projects ranging from tanks (amphibious variant included) in addition to a new torpedo dive bomber. The new measures have come as the Estado Novo looks to construct a robust, innovative military industry in support and coordination with its allies and strategic partners. Since the Estado Novo acquired the Nahuel tank project (OOC: From Paseo when she was Argentina), the new tank projects with Granadinas will incorporate the growing expertise and experience of handling and producing new weaponry. The first tank design is being called the DL 52A2 Nahuel II Leon tank, which would have an amphibious variant called the DFM9 Sealeon Tank. Both tanks are intended to primarily be used as siege/assault guns in conjunction with 155mm howitzer or in tank destroyer roles with 155mm anti-tank guns.[/sub]

[sub]Additionally, two more heavy tanks have been approved called the ISBI M1 Tanque Peado Ligre Tank and the SBDPCe1 (Watershed Dual Purpose Armor System). The ISBI M1 will feature a casemate turret but will be tested as a dual purpose armor system. The idea is to use a reinforced gasoline can rack filled with either water or extra diesel (much harder to ignite) that can be slotted into an opening compartment of the track guard to hang down as a storage system and a flame-retardant liquid based spaced armored skirt. A variant to the ISBI M1 is the ISBI M2 Tanque Pesado Ligre II, which intends to feature a conventional turret with an improved layered liquid spaced armor system, where a space armored skirt is fitted to the tank. Above the armored skirt is the can system and layered above that is another spaced armor plate. (OOC: There are pictures of all the tanks)[/sub]

[sub]Coordinating with Granadinas, Grand Marshal Carmona has authorized the construction of a liaison civilian-military-industrialist syndicate with Granadinas to begin the research and development process. As the Nahuel DL-43 is being slated for mass production across the Portuguese Empire, the DL's hull is utilized as the basis for these tank projects while Granadinas will construct, design, and produce the turret while the gun and armor will come from the Estado Novo.[/sub]

[sub]Regarding Air Force projects, the Estado Novo has expanded is aerial ambitions with the approval of the Alfonso IV DTB-1 (Dive Torpedo Bomber), the João III Long range transport/maritime reconnaissance/bomber, the João III-A.1 Maritime patrol, Transport, Heavy bomber, the Alfonso IV Seixas Carrier-capable fighter, and the Alfonso IV Fragoso carrier-capable dive bomber. The push for expanded Air Force capabilities is the direct result of Grand Marshal Carmona signaling the finalizing force structure placing high emphasis on Navy and Air Force with the Army and Marine Corps operating as support and direct extension of Naval-Air force projection on ground operations. As the Air Force and Navy been approved to acquire the bulk of the defense budget, Antonio Salazar and Vargas have begun additional industrial and employment measures to maintain high production levels in heavy machinery and heavy industrial products, including energy resources in Brazil and mining in Angola and Mozambique.[/sub]

(OOC: Specifications being worked out for Aircraft)

[sub]It is the intention of the Estado Novo to have the new tanks and aircraft to be completed and to enter service between 1943-1944 as the war in Europe and Asia begins to slowly creep toward Portuguese possessions.[/sub] l

[list]______[/list]

[list][list][pre]UNION-STATE OF PORTUGUESE NATIONS!

GLORY TO GOD!

THE BASTION OF CATHOLICISM![/pre][/list][/list]

[list][spoiler=[sub]EMBRACE GOD AND

THE ESTADO NOVO[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Alzarikstan

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Federated Arab Emirates

Finlandee

Free Kievan Rus

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Maziya

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Osivoiii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Paseo

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Sudesam

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

Zabrowka[/spoiler]

Nonador, Rutannia, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Otsla, Pontianus, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance, Saldat

[list][pre]1 July 1941 | SECOND WORLD WAR[/pre]

[pre]HIS MAJESTY’s SOUTHERN ARSENAL – DOMINION OF SOUTH AFRICA;[/pre]

[sub]Victory over the Italians in East Africa injected a great sense of national pride across the Dominion of South Africa. Celebrations were commonplace, as Union Jacks and South African Standard flags were displayed over avenues in major metropolitan areas - and from the front porches of homes in the countryside. While the Springbok Legions took possession of military posts in East Africa - and repositioned themselves in support of the Commonwealth effort in North Africa, the domestic arms development programs continued in full swing as planners, engineers, and innovators pour over Defense Ministry reports from the front to identify technical needs of the Armed Forces. Towards that end, development of South African “Sky Tanks” continue at full speed alongside new programs for the trifecta of the RSAAF.[/sub]

[pre]RAPTOR-X PROTOTYPE SUCCESS — SOUTH AFRICA CONTINUES DEVELOPMENT OF ‘AIR TANK’ AS INITIAL SUCCESS INCAPABLE OF BRUNTING HOPE OF ENGINEERS;[/pre][/list]

[sub]Just over a year after development began for a South African “Helicopter”, the four prototype “Raptor-X’s” built for testing took to the skies for the first time last month, in June of 1941. Initial testing for the aircraft quickly identified mechanical issues in the design - despite being a near carbon copy of publicly available designs produced and featured at airshows in Europe and the United States throughout the 20’s and 30’s. What proved most difficult for South African engineers was in attempting to generate enough power to lift off of the ground without the need of “rolling forward” in a manner that mimicked fixed winged aircraft. This issue presented itself most when weights were added to one of the prototypes to simulate carrying a cargo of supplies or 4 full-sized men in addition to the pilot. In one test, after being able to lift off of the ground without rolling, instability and shifting weight caused a helicopter to be nearly destroyed - colliding with a nearby gantry used for aircraft maintenance. Despite these setbacks, Engineers with the program remain hopeful that they can be overcome and that progress towards a full service production variant can continue without delay..[/sub]

[sub]”Growing Pains” are what the difficulties have been characterized as, as the sight of the vehicles entering the air producing a boisterous thumping sound sparked the imagination of service members at the remote base in Southwest Africa where development and the experiments was occurring under guard. From that remote base, plans and the development of the larger production variant would continue in parallel to the experiments, with design alterations being made as test results came in. In concept, the Air Tanks of South Africa would give the military - and indeed the Civil sector, an ability to reach even the most remote reaches of Africa to provide humanitarian and medical aid. As a military application, the Air Tank could afford to South Africans a unique battle field advantage through the use of an aerial platform capable of loitering above enemy positions and providing direct gunfire support in ways that terrestrial vehicles cannot. For these causes, funds from the private sector has begun to pour in with the Raptor-X acting as proof of concept and curing the interest of the business community.[/sub]

[sub]If development continues on schedule, the Raptor-X would soon be supplanted by the larger ‘Raptor-II’ by 1944/45 who planners hope would be able to operate with a crew of 2 and carry up to 2 additional passengers or cargo of similar weight.[/sub]

[pre]PRETORIA METAL PRESSINGS UNVEILS NEW ‘BATTLE RIFLE’ AND ‘CARBINE’ FOR FRONT LINE SERVICE — ARMY AIMS TO REPLACE LEE-ENFIELD;[/pre][/list]

[sub]Among the great experiences gained during the war, the need for a more robust and lighter service Rifle was identified by commanders in the field. When engaging with Italian forces in East Africa, it was found that while the Lee-Enfield No.I Mk.III was an exceptional weapon, and reliable - the widespread use of Heavy Machine Guns by the non-colonial Regiments in East Africa proved overwhelming. This, coupled with the frequent occurrence of being outnumbered in the battlefield by the more numerous Ethiopian Colonial divisions, proved difficult for the slow firing bolt-action rifles of the Enfields to combat. As was evidenced upon further study of the Commonwealth defeat at the Battle of Fami, between Rhodesian and Ethiopian troops, a smaller force of better trained Commonwealth troops could have been victorious without the limitations of their standard weaponry. Thus, from November of 1940 until the present, the Pretoria Metal Pressings worked diligently to craft a new weapon system which could give a single South African soldier the firepower of a squad of enemy combatants.[/sub]

[sub]In 1941, the only nation whose armed forces adopted the ‘Battle Rifle’ was the neutral United States - whereas all other modern powers maintained the bolt-action rifle as their main service armament. Through the adoption of two new Service Rifles, South Africa would become only the second to adopt such weapons for general service - despite their wide spread use by specialized units in foreign Armies.[/sub]

[sub]Dubbed the Pienaar Battle Rifle No.1, after Field Marshall Dan Pienaar who led the Commonwealth to victory in East Africa, the standard issue Battle Rifle of South Africa would feature the commonwealth .303 British Cartridge (7.7×56mmR) in either a 14-round or 20-round magazine. As a short-recoil gas piston operated rifle with rotating bolt, the Pienaar No.1 is an advanced weapon system incorporating readily available technology used in the assault rifles and submachine guns used across the Empire and indeed by other Allied armed forces. By incorporating these elements into a rifled package, Pretoria Metal Pressings has created a model capable of mass production using available parts from Lee-Enfield and LMG production which had gone into full swing nearly two years ago at the outbreak of hostilities. Weighing just over 9.3 pounds, the Pienaar No.1 is only slightly heavier than the Lee-Enfield currently in use making it’s transition into front line use all the more easier - with the greatest difficulty to come from training soldiers to efficiently use the multiple firing modes available to them. From a single round firing setting, to a 3-round burst, and finally a repeating firing setting which would empty a soldier’s “clips” through a steady stream of rounds at nearly .5 second intervals. The Rifle would cut the time it takes to reload their rifle in half through the use of prefilled clips which every soldier would carry, while also being able to refill their clips through a quick refill rack which can be removed from the butt stock of the rifle for this purpose.[/sub]

[sub]The Carbine variant of the rifle, named the SAC No.1 features a shortened barrel and lighter weight, through a lighter buttstock, without sacrificing the penetration power offered by the full cartridge - a major advantage over the ‘assault rifle’ or much smaller ‘submachine gun’. At just 7.2 Pounds, the SAC No.1 would lighten the load of Infantrymen operating in dense brush, jungle, mountain terrain, or even special warfare situations such as when operating as Paratroopers or in Amphibious Assaults, where higher mobility is of greater emphasis. Modified further with the ability to fire Rifle-Launched grenades, against heavier targets, and the ability to equip a sling for further mobility, the Carbine is envisioned as a versatile weapon. The SAC No.1 will be the standard issue Rifle of troops attached to Artillery and Fusaliers regiments, as well as Specialized units.[/sub]

[list][pre]PIENAAR ‘BATTLE RIFLE’ No.I[/pre]

[list][sub]MASS: 9.3 Pounds

LENGTH: 3.54 Feet

ACTION: Short Recoil Gas Piston with Rotating Bolt[/sub]

[sub]CARTRIDGE: .303 British Cartridge

MUZZLE VELOCITY: 2,959 Feet/Second

FEEDING SYSTEM: 14-round or 20-round detachable Box Magazine

FIRING MODES: Single fire, 3-round burst, Semi-Automatic fire[/sub]

[/list][/list]

[list][pre]SAC No.I Carbine[/pre]

[list][sub]MASS: 7.2 Pounds

LENGTH: 3.25 Feet

ACTION: Short Recoil Gas Piston with Rotating Bolt[/sub]

[sub]CARTRIDGE: .303 British Cartridge

MUZZLE VELOCITY: 2,959 Feet/Second

FEEDING SYSTEM: 14-round or 20-round detachable Box Magazine

FIRING MODES: Single fire, 3-round burst, Semi-Automatic fire[/sub]

[/list][/list]

[sub]With production lines being established, the War Production Office has authorized an initial construction order of 1 Million Penaar Battle Rifle No.1’s and 300,000 SAC No.1’s to be placed into immediate service. Further, the Royal South African Army announced that the Lee-Enfield No.I Mk. III would be replaced on front line duty beginning in 1944.[/sub]

[list][pre]________________[/pre]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler][/list]

Rutannia, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Otsla, Ranponian, Vancouver Straits, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance, Saldat, Adriatican Islands

[B]ÁGUILAS EN EL CIELO!

[sub]August 1940 | Managua Department, Republic of Nicaragua[/sub]

As war in Europe intensifies, Somoza García maintains that the National Guard corps raised by occupying U.S. Marines in 1927, as a paramount component toward the stability of the country and the maintenance of the rule of law both domestically and regionally. To this end, the President realized the deficiencies in key areas, working with all interest and enthusiasm almost especially toward the formation of an Air Force, maintaining that aviation would hold an important place in the development of Nicaragua. By 1934, a year after the Sandino Rebellion had concluded, Somoza García held firm the belief that aviation would hold an important place not only in the future development of Nicaragua, but also toward the advancement of it's status as a regional power.

During the infant years, the foundation of the new Air Force was charged, not only to recruit pilots, but also qualified aircraft maintenance personnel. Men were selected to become aircraft mechanics, receiving instruction first in the United States. Afterwards, throughout 1934–1937, the first corps of hand-picked airmen for the National Guard, fresh from instruction stateside, were hosted regionally, training amongst already established Air Forces and well-decorated military aviation schools in Mexico, Guatemala, and Paraguay. In Spring 1935, the Chief Director worked over the acquisition of the fledgling Air Force's first flight asset, a single-engine, cabin-type Waco Aircraft Company Model C given the designation GN–1. Within the next two years, by late 1937, Somoza would also go on to acquire GN–2, GN–3, GN–4, and GN–5 a Boeing Model 40 and three Ford 4-AT-B Trimotors, courtesy of Pan-American Airways. That same year, two civil pilots, Penny Roger an American, and César Avente, a Nicaraguan, and one military pilot, 2nd Lieutenant Ramon Leal Díaz a Mexican national, began service with the National Guard for pilot instruction.

As 1938 reared, the need for centralization of both the trained manpower and obtained equipment was evident, remedied with the formation of the LANIC Company, a government-owned airline conducting flight training sorties along the relatively untapped and remote Atlantic Coast encompassed by most of Nicaragua's orient in the east. Throughout the year, several more flight asset acquisitions were made by Somoza through the company, GN–6, GN–7, GN–8, GN–9, GN–10, GN–11, GN–12, and GN–14 made up of four Waco Aircraft WHD-A warplanes, one Ryan B-1 Brougham high-wing monoplane, two Canadian Car & Foundry G-23's, and one Waco Aircraft Model C, respectively. Additionally, through LANIC, an airfield and instruction site was planned and purpose-built in May 1940, wherein it became host to the first class of the Fuerza Aérea de Nicaragua (FAN), now made up of foreign-trained pilots and aircraft maintenance staff, six years prior inducted as merely cadets, now qualified aviation personnel.

Within months of the training installation's completion, the LANIC Company was sold to a multi-national airline founded in Honduras, Transportes Aereos del Continente Americano or 'TACA' for short, that July. Shortly thereafter, the former LANIC Company airfield and training site was soon renamed and revamped entirely into the Escuela Militar de Aviación (EMA), Nicaragua's first military aviation school, staffed entirely by the very first graduating class of air corpsmen eager to enlarge and expand the Nicaraguan Air Force, ready to drive recruitment efforts for young Nicaraguans anxious to serve their country, defend it's aerospace with pride and reverence.

—

[Spoiler=GOLD FOR FRIENDS, LEAD FOR FOES]Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor[/spoiler]

Nonador, Rutannia, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Ranponian, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands

[list]July 1941

[sub]Fourth Granadine-Peruvian War/ Guerra del 41[/sub][/list]

Triestado de las Granadinas

[sub]In early January a series of accusations from both Peru and Granada towards each other, claiming that the opposing side were violating the Ulloa-Viteri Accord through continuous incursions across the Zarumilla River Status Quo line along the Peruvian-Equador State border. Peruvian President Manuel Prado Ugarteche would order the formation of the Northern Army Detachment, 9 - 13,000 troops operating in northern Peru. Seeing an opportunity for potential retaliation for the Peruvian seizure of Leticia that resulted in the Third Granadine-Peruvian War Granadine President Diego Adielo Di María would organise the Army of the Andes, a contingent of 7,000 troops of almost exclusively ecuadorian descent that would act as a rapid reaction force to support the 5,000 soldiers on or near the El Oro border with northeast Peru.[/sub]

[sub]On the morning of July 5th, according to Colonel Luis Arturo Rodríguez commander of the forces in the El Oro department, a Peruvian policemen intercepted a Granadine patrol along the Granadine side of the Zarumilla River killing two servicemen, inciting an intense firefight between troops on the opposing banks of the river. The shooting of the servicement would become referred to as the Ambush of Bramador, the first exchange of the Fourth Grandine-Peruvian War. [/sub]

[sub]The initially superior force of Peru’s Northern Army Detachment would overwhelm the 1,300 Granadine troops stationed on the river Status Quo line, forcing them to abandon the zone to regroup with the remaining El Oro garrison. Hours later elements of the rapid reaction force based in Machala would enter the border city of Huaquillas to coordinate the recapture of the river bank from the Peruvians. The combined Army of the Andes would force the Peruvians to withdraw back across the river into the neighbouring Peruvian area of Aguas Verdes before withdrawing the majority of its own force back into Huaquillas. Sporadic skirmishes and field artillery duels between the forces held up in their respective strongholds would persist throughout the day across the Granada-Peru International Bridge. Later that night General Alberto Enríquez Gallo would order two infantry battalions of 2,000 infantrymen and the Mariscal Sucre Artillery Group to the front from their stations in Ecuador’s capital of Quito. [/sub]

[sub]On the morning of July the 6th the Peruvian aviation detachment of the Northern Army would begin bombing runs over the border cities of Huaquillas, Arenillas, Santa Rosa and Pasaje using 3 Caproni CA.135s and 9 Douglas 8A-3Ps, avoiding fire from Granadine anti-air to strike vital infrastructure, border patrol posts and police stations. Peruvian bombardment would slow to a halt with the engagement of production aircraft of the Granadine air force especially the Êxodo-40 fighters licensed from Estado Novo that threaten the extremely limited Peruvian fighter stock. Retaliatory strikes would commence on the Peruvian cities of Zarumilla, Tumbes, Zorritos and the area of Aguas Verdes. Unwillingness by either side to go on the offence would bog the conflict down to tit-for-tat terror bombings, purposefuly destructive shellings and spontaneous low visibility shootouts leaving Zarumilla and Huaquillas heavily scarred. [/sub]

[sub] The Civil Guard station at Aguas Verdes once used by the Peruvians would lie in ruin with its inhabitants deserting it after the bombing of Bolsico Bridge going to Zarumilla forcing potential supplies to go through the river, however the Peruvians on the day of their abandonment of the area would destroy the International Bridge leading into it from the Granadine side. The battle of Aguas Verdes would see neither side claiming or reclaiming the area, to both it had become indefensible with any attempt to take it leading to disaster. [/sub]

[sub]In Granada’s capital of Trinidad the common would call for blood with chants of “Abajo el Perú que viva el Tri Estado!” would echo through Plaza Bolívar as officials debate the next course of action. Some seek to deescalate the situation by bringing the issue to Washington as Brazil is no longer a neutral state in the issue as they were when the Rio Protocol in 1934, others believe in the revanchist sentiment of the executive seeking to use Granada’s military superiority over Peru to reclaim territories ceded to them in the past, both sides for the time being do agree that despite the allegations that Peruvians provoked the conflict, the mutual defence obligation of the Catholic League would be dismissed unless the situation become untenable.[/sub]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Al-Yemen

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Enchanted Oasis

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Manatolia

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Israelli

Persiaa

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Saldat

Somerania

Swedenn

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Rutannia, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Ranponian, Vancouver Straits, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands, Maziya

British Malaya,August,1941

[B]THE PLANS TO BE USED TO COUNTER A INVASION

[B]The Singapore Strategy(1921)-Operation Matador(1941)

With the rise of the Japanese Empire in the Pacific,the colony of British Malaya which was once thought that it wouldn't be invaded with many major super powers who are capable of rivaling the United Kingdom being in Europe because of that British protection of Malaya and the Malay peninsula as a whole was very little compared to it's other colonies.However with the Japanese Empire now being a emerging threat the British have decided to prepare multiple strategies to counter a invasion which has been dated back to 1919.

In 1921,a naval base was needed in the Pacific,one which wasn't too close to Japan and not too far.Three candidates were considered,Hong Kong was considered however it was decided that it should not due to it's closeness to the Japanese making it vulnerable to a invasion,Australia specifically Sydney was also considered however it was not done due to the fact that Sydney would've been too far away making sending a fleet to protect it's colonies closer to Japan difficult,Singapore was decided upon due to that fact that it's close to the Japanese making it easy to launch a fleet to protect it's neighbouring colonies in the Pacific and due to the distance between the Japanese and Singapore makes it ideal as the Japanese have to cover long distances to reach the naval base.

This would eventually evolve into the Singapore Strategy,in the Singapore Strategy it was decided that they would divide the war into three phases.In the first phase,the garrison of Singapore would defend it's fortresses meanwhile the main fleet would make it's way from home water to Singapore,next in the second phase the by then arrived or arriving main fleet would relieve the garrison of Singapore then make it's way to Hong Kong to either relieve their defenders from some pressure or recapture the colony if it has been taken over and the final/third phase would be that the fleet would blockade Japan and force them to accept terms.As the plans were being made it,the army gave their firm opinion on a invasion through the north and it was deemed that a Japanese invasion by land would be difficult due to the Malay peninsula terrain and jungles,because of that it was decided that the only logical way the Japanese could invade was by sea.

In 1937,Major General William Dobbie and at the time Brigadier Arthur Percival calculated that if any invasion advances of British Malaya would've happened,it would've been done through Siam and the northern Malaya.These calculations were done with the assumption that the British relief fleet would not be able to arrive within 70 days.Dobbie would also point out that the Japanese would most likely establish a establish a air base in Siam.Based of these findings the both air and land defence of Malaya needed to be drastically increase.But by 1939 with the war in Europe raging on,the priorities of the army and air force of the United Kingdom was not on British Malaya as priorities for the region was the last on the British list.However in October 1939,the Far East bloc was recommended to be be unified under one commander in chief,the man selected was Air Marshal Sir Robert Brooke Popham.He would be responsible for the defence of Malaya,Burma and Hong Kong,one of the first thing Sir Robert Brooke Popham did was write a letter to the Chief of Staff requesting for more air crafts and squadrons however his request was denied shortly after.

Now in August,1941 Operation Matador would've been made,the plan was to rush the forward and seize Singora in Siam at the out break of hostilities and hold it against any seaborne invasions.General Headquarters of the Far East would make the assumption that if the Japanese invaded Siam.The Siam government would declare war and join the side of the allies and allow the British troops to enter into the country via Malaya.The troops detailed for this task was the 11th Indian division led by Major General Murray-Lyon who also had been detailed to be deployed on the Malaya-Siam border.Because of the British government policy was to refrain from any act provocation,Operation Matador was to only trigger once the territory of Siam had been violated.

Nonador, Rutannia, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Otsla, Ranponian, New Provenance, Maziya, Allbania

[list]August 1941

[sub]Roxas' Liberals[/sub][/list]

[list][list][pre]MANUEL ROXAS's "LIBERAL WING" OF THE NACIONALISTAS FIGHTS FOR CONTROL OVER THE NACIONALISTA PARTY AHEAD OF NOVEMBER ELECTIONS

ANG "LIBERAL WING" NI MANUEL ROXAS NG NACIONALISTA PARTY AY LUMALABAN PARA SA PAMAMAHALA SA IBABAW NG PARTIDO NACIONALISTA DATI SA NOBYEMBRE ELEKSYON[/pre][/list][/list]

| [sub]In the 1935 elections, pro-American and progressive Nacionalista Party leader Manuel L. Quezon was chosen as the standard-bearer for the NP, with fellow prominent statesman Sergio Osmena as his running mate for the vice presidency. Despite the media largely portraying the NP as a united party behind the Quezon-Osmena ticket, most likely in an effort to strengthen the Nacionalista Party's chances of victory against war hero Emilio Aguinaldo, running as a Volkist, and Gregorio Aglipay, running as an anti-American pro-independence outsider. Quezon and Osmena won 67% of the vote in a landslide election victory, elevating them to the presidency and the vice presidency respectively, and placing the Nacionalista Party as the prominent and largest political party in the Commonwealth of the Philippines. Despite this narrative, however, a second wing existed within the Nacionalista Party, that opposed Quezon's centrist politics and advocated for radically more progressive, slightly more left-leaning policies. This wing was the Liberal Wing, under the leadership of Philippine Legislature representative Manuel Roxas, another prominent leader within the Nacionalista Party.[/sub] |

| [sub]The Liberal Wing of the Nacionalista Party was established in 1915, eight years after the founding of the party in 1907. It was designed to act like a caucus, or voting bloc, of sorts, for more progressive and left-leaning members of the Party. It contrasted the NP's mainstream centrist policies but aligned with the Party's central policies in areas such as defense, foreign policy, agriculture and housing. Manuel Roxas, then a veteran diplomat ascended to the Philippine Legislature, took the reins of the Liberal Wing in 1931, and in 1935 ran against Quezon and Osmena with fellow Liberal Wing legislator Elpidio Quirino for the party nomination, but failed to secure it, garnering 16% of the vote against Quezon-Osmena's 84%. When the NP won a landslide victory in the 1935 elections, defeating Aguinaldo and Aglipay by a massive, never-before-seen margin, Roxas despite their differences placed his and the Liberal Wing's support behind Quezon and his vice president.[/sub] |

| [sub]Under the Quezon administration, Roxas and Quirino, both now members of the NP's leadership committees and influential members of the party, supported party rhetoric and voted with the rest of the Nacionalista Party, as one united bloc. However, the outbreak of conflict in Europe in September of 1939 and President Quezon's subsequent lack of concern over the outbreak of hostilities and the start of a so-called 'Second Great War', support for new leadership began to grow, especially as the November 1941 elections approached. In July 1940, Roxas and other top members of the Liberal Wing criticized Quezon's 'careless and cowardly stance' and threw their weight behind legislation boosting spending on national security and strengthening airfields, defense installations, and other fortifications especially in coastal areas around strategically vital population centers, like the Province of Manila. In December 1940, Roxas addressed the Philippine Legislature, calling the president an 'undisputable coward' and asking that the Legislature consider constitutional amendments to allow for a snap election 'to ensure the security of the nation'.[/sub] |

| [sub]Elpidio Quirino, Roxas's right-hand man and the deputy chief of the NP's Liberal Wing, was regarded as the more forward of the two progressive Nacionalista politicians. As such, Quirino in January 1941 denounced President Quezon's leadership and called on his own party to turn their back on their own sitting president to call for a party-wide primary election ahead of the 1941 election in November, which many considered to be a guaranteed Quezon re-election victory. Roxas hesitated, as did other supporters and backers of the Liberal Wing, but eventually they all united behind Quirino's aggressive calls. President Quezon hit back, criticizing the Liberal Wing for 'working with foreign fifth column elements to destabilize the country' and calling on the Filipino people to rally behind him 'for the unity and stability of the Philippine Islands'. As expected, the public rallied behind the still-popular Quezon, with a massive rally of 5,000 gathering outside Malacanang Palace to voice the public's support for the President.[/sub] |

| [sub]With the November 1941 National Elections rapidly approaching, the Nacionalista Party will have to decide whether it wishes to conduct a primary election to decide whether the incumbent Quezon-Osmena or the opposing Roxas-Quirino ticket will carry the NP to victory and through to the 1946 elections.[/sub] |

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Swedenn

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Rutannia, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Ranponian, Vancouver Straits, Puerto Somoza, Maziya

[list][sub]AUGUST 1941[/sub]

[sub]THE FRIGID MARCH EAST, PT. 2[/sub][/list]

[list]| [sub]DIE KRÄFTE DEUTSCHLANDS UND DER ACHSENMÄCHTE RÜCKEN WEITER ÜBER RUSSLAND VOR (FRIGIDER MARSCH OST, TEIL 2)[/sub]

[sub]| THE FORCES OF GERMANY AND THE AXIS POWERS CONTINUE TO SWEEP ACROSS RUSSIA (FRIGID MARCH EAST, PT. 2)[/sub][/list]

—

[sub]| WARSAW | Into the months of July and August of 1941, the invasion of the Soviet Union by the forces of the German Staat and its allies within the Axis Powers continue, under the codename of Operation Barbarossa. The first few days of the invasion had seen massive successes on all three fronts, with German forces in the north and center seeing the largest gains. Along the Northwestern Front, the forces of Von Manstein's LVI Panzer Corps and the Army Group North begin their charge towards Leningrad. On 2 July, Army Group North would begin its attack of the Stalin Line — the massive Soviet Maginot equivalent spanning most of if not the entirety of Western Russia — with its 4th Panzer Group. On 8 July, Pskov was captured by this force, devastating the Stalin Line defenses in the north and allowing German forces to spill into the Leningrad oblast. The 4th Panzer Group had advanced some 450 km (280 mi) since the start of the invasion, and was now only about 250 km (160 mi) from its primary objective, Leningrad. On 9 July, the 4th began its attack against Soviet defenses along the Luga River in the Leningrad Oblast.[/sub]

[sub]Also on 2 July, the southern sections of Army Group South, composed primarily of Slovakian, Italian and German units, invaded Soviet Moldavia, defended by the Soviet Southern Front. Counterattacks by the Front's mechanized forces and mass infantry were defeated, but on 9 July the Axis advance stalled at the line being held by the Soviet 18th Army between the Prut and Dniester Rivers.[/sub]

[list][list][sub]"Germany will be a World Power or will not be at all."

[list]— THE CHANCELLOR OF THE STAAT[/sub][/list][/list][/list]

[sub]On 1 July, in the central front, Von Bock ordered his panzer groups to resume their full offensive eastward on the morning of 3 July. However, several of his subordinating generals, upholding the Chancellor's instructions, opposed Von Bock, but were shot down by the commander-in-chief of Army Group Center, insisting that it would be impossible to reverse already-issued orders. The panzer groups of Army Group Center resumed their push eastward on 2 July before the infantry formations were able to sufficiently catch up. The advance of these panzer groups were slowed by rainstorms typical of a Belarusian summer, and Soviet defenses stiffened. The delays allowed the Soviets time to organize a massive counterattack against Army Group Center. Center's primary target was Smolensk, which controlled the road to Moscow. Facing the Germans would be an old Soviet defensive line held by six armies. On 6 July, a Soviet counterattack was launched, which collided with the 39th and 47th Panzer Corps in a battle that resulted in 832 out of 2,000 Soviet tanks lost, after five days of fighting. This counterattack was, luckily, defeated thanks to the coincidental presence of the Luftwaffe's singular lone squadron of tank-destroying aircraft. Following this counterattack, the 2nd Panzer Group crossed the Dnieper and closed in on Smolensk from the south while the 3rd Panzer Group closed in from the north. The 29th Motorized Division captured Smolensk on 16 July 1941, yet a gap remained. On 18 July the panzer groups came close to securing this gap once and for all, but would not finally close it until 5 August, when upwards of 300,000 enemy soldiers were captured and 3,205 enemy tanks were captured or destroyed. The remaining forces of the Red Army who escaped presumably fled eastward to stand between the German forces and Moscow as resistance continued.[/sub]

[sub]Clearly, the German High Command had underestimated the strength and willpower of the Soviet Union. The Chancellor had described the USSR as a 'hollow shadow of an empire' that could be destroyed with one fierce punch. However, that was obviously not the case. German troops had used up their initial supplies, and Bock, commander-in-chief of Army Group Center, concluded that the Red Army was now posing a strong resistance against the advancing Axis Powers, led by the Wehrmacht, while logistical difficulties involving reinforcements and provisions hampered the German advance. Operations and advances were slowed down to allow resupplying of German forces, granting the Soviets time to adapt themselves to the situation. The Chancellor turned his focus from surrounding large numbers of enemy soldiers and obliterating them, and instead decided to in the future capitalize on defeating Stalin through economic means, primarily through seizing industrial centers like Kharkov, the Donbas, the military production center of Leningrad in the north, and the oil fields of the Caucuses in the south.[/sub]

[sub]Despite these restrictions and hamperings, German forces had advanced to within a few kilometers of Kiev, just below the Pripyat Marshes, by mid-July. The 1st Panzer Group went south while the 17th Army pushed eastward and trapped three Soviet armies near Uman. As the pocket was cleared out and eliminated, the tanks turned north and crossed the Dnieper River while the 2nd Panzer Group, diverted from Center, crossed Desna River with the 2nd Army to its right. The two panzer groups had now trapped multiple gargantuan Soviet armies.[/sub]

[sub]By August, however, the Luftwaffe's effectiveness in combat above the skies of Russia began to decline significantly as the serviceability and quantity of the Luftwaffe's vast inventory of aircraft due to combat. However, demand for air support only increased as the Soviet air forces continued to recover, while the German advance slowed down in parallel. The Luftwaffe found itself struggling to maintain air superiority against a renewed Soviet air force, and with the precipitation of bad weather as autumn drew upon the battlefields of Russia, the Luftwaffe was forced on several occasions to halt almost all aerial operations.[/sub]

[sub]For its final assault on Leningrad, the 4th Panzer Group was reinforced by Army Group Center, and the Panzers broke through Soviet defenses. By the end of August, the 4th would be 48 kilometers (30 mi) outside Leningrad. In August 1941, the German forces attacked the city.[/sub]

[list][list][sub]"With Russia defeated, Britain's last hope will have been shattered. Germany will then be master of Europe and of the Balkans."

[list]— THE CHANCELLOR OF THE STAAT[/sub][/list][/list][/list]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Swedenn

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Rutannia, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Puerto Somoza, Adriatican Islands, Maziya

[list][list]The Kingdom of Italy, Operation Marita Launched : The Fall of Mainland Greece! - Athens Falls into Italian Hands!, July 1941

Regno d'Italia, Lanciata L'operazione Marita: La Caduta della Grecia Continentale! - Atene Cade in mano Italiana!, luglio 1941[/list][/list]

[list][list][list]Adriatican Islands, New Provenance - Esercito Italiano, Regia Marina, Regia Aeronautica![/list][/list]

[list][pre]OPERATION MARITA IS A RESOUNDING SUCCESS - MAINLAND GREECE IN ITALIAN HANDS - TOTAL VICTORY FOR ITALIA!

L'OPERAZIONE MARITA È UN SUCCESSO CLAMOROSO - LA GRECIA CONTINENTALE IN MANO ITALIANA - VITTORIA TOTALE DELL'ITALIA![/pre][/list]

[list][list][list]Part I out of II[/list][/list][/list]

[list]PLAY ME: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yRh-dzrI4Z4&t[/list]

With the front now stabilizing in the favor of the Italian Army, the advanced must continue to finally finish off the Greek menace. Despite great success over the past month, troops have gotten bogged down due to strong fortifications and a lack of fuel. High Command back in Rome had promised troops on the Greek front fuel and supplies, the majority of supplies were now being redirected toward North Africa. The tempo of the war changed in favor of the hands of the Axis, the Comando Supremo had been rather overconfident and had overestimated the capacity of the troops. Due to this, an unstable equilibrium had to be made across the many fronts Italy was fighting in, and due to logistical issues, Mussolini ultimately had to look towards the Germans for aid, as even the Generals in Greece had been moved to North Africa.

With the Italian Generals now looking toward the Germans, the Barbarossa stricken allies begrudgingly agreed to help. The proposed invasion plan called for Blitzkrieg-like tactics, using pincer movements and encirclements to its advantage. The finalized plan called for the total annihilation of the Greek Army, swiftly taking Central Greece, Attica, and Peloponnese within just two weeks. When the plan was delivered to the Commander in Chief of the Greek Front, Ugo Cavallero, on the 24th of June, 1941, understandably did not approve. It went against the more conservative and conventional Italian attack doctrine, and the more traditional movements of Cavallero had further discouraged him to follow the plans, along with the direct orders of high command to use said plans. However, due to pressure from Cavallero’s superiors, he ultimately had to carry on with the plan.

[list]THE FRONTLINES - JULY 1ST, 1941[/list]

| In the early morning hours of the 1st of July, the advance started. The Operation code-named 'Marita' called for an advance straight towards Attica, thrusting through Attica from the North. The 400,000-man force stationed here was to encircle the Greek Army in Central Greece, in a swift two-pronged attack from the East and West. This was made easier due to the remnants of a failed pincer movement just days before. To go with this, the total collapse of the front in Thrace was ordered, as well as the advancements toward Peloponnese to be continued. As the battle raged on, the first objective, to take Thrace, had been successful. The trapped Northern Greek Army had nowhere to run, and a small majority managed to group into two pockets, one northern and one southern. The second objective, to encircle the Greek Army in Central Greece however wasn't going to plan. Although a massive advancement had been made East inside the pocket, the objective to encircle the Greek Army had not been fulfilled. Advancements in Peloponnese were made as well. Along with this, the momentum of the success of the Amphibious forces resulted in the key islands of Andros and Tinos. |

[list]THE FRONTLINES - JULY 2ND, 1941[/list]

| On July 2nd, the end has begun for Greece. In the morning, the Central Greece pocket had finally been closed, and a massive chunk of the Greek army is now encircled with no way out. However, this was a slow day, with troops still tired from the massive changes that had occurred on the 1st of July. Meanwhile in Thrace, the Southern Thrace Pocket had fallen at 13:30, giving Italy full access to the coastline, except for the city of Thessaloniki, which had been under siege for the majority of the Spring Offensive and Operation Marita. At 16:45, the Northern Thrace Pocket fell, ending the day on that note. |

[list]THE FRONTLINES - JULY 3RD, 1941[/list]

| On July 3rd, another two blows have been dealt with by the Greek Army. At 14:30, the Thessaloniki pocket was diminished, once more capturing a large number of Greek troops and equipment. The entire Northern Coastline of Greece was now Italian. At the same time, the amphibious invasions of the Greek Islands were now once more in full swing. The island of Skiros had been invaded at 01:30 and taken at 05:30. From that point, it acted as another landing departure port in Central Greece, and that afternoon this was quickly utilized. At 14:15 Two divisions split between eight brigades had left Skiros, and at 18:30 invaded the large island of Evia, quickly forming a beachhead, with plans to expand. At the start of the day, forces from the 15 Divisions in Central Greece continued to advance toward Attica. However, the most important part of the day was the annihilation of the Central Greek pocket, quickly capturing over 150,000 Greek troops. From then on it was smooth sailing, with forces in Peloponnese once again advancing, and with the line now unified, continued to push South, ending that day's planned events. So far the operation was going smoothly and even better than expected. The long-awaited fourth day was coming, and a new set of plans for the troops to follow from then and for the days to come was bigger than anticipated. Mussolini made a statement to the Blackshirts stationed in Rome: |

[list][pre]"Operation Marita is a resounding success my dear Italian Blackshirts! We will win the Battle for Greece not in a year, not in a month, but in a week!"[/pre][/list]

[list][list][spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Swedenn

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler][/list][/list]

Nonador, Rutannia, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance, Islahh, Maziya

[list][list]The Kingdom of Italy, Operation Marita Launched : The Fall of Mainland Greece! - Athens Falls into Italian Hands!, July 1941

Regno d'Italia, Lanciata L'operazione Marita: La Caduta della Grecia Continentale! - Atene Cade in mano Italiana!, luglio 1941[/list][/list]

[list][list][list]Adriatican Islands, New Provenance - Esercito Italiano, Regia Marina, Regia Aeronautica![/list][/list]

[list][pre]OPERATION MARITA IS A RESOUNDING SUCCESS - MAINLAND GREECE IN ITALIAN HANDS - TOTAL VICTORY FOR ITALIA!

L'OPERAZIONE MARITA È UN SUCCESSO CLAMOROSO - LA GRECIA CONTINENTALE IN MANO ITALIANA - VITTORIA TOTALE DELL'ITALIA![/pre][/list]

[list][list][list]Part II out of II[/list][/list][/list]

[list]PLAY ME: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yRh-dzrI4Z4&t[/list]

[list]THE FRONTLINES - JULY 4TH, 1941[/list]

| On July 4th, a further expansion of the front lines had been accomplished. To start the day, the Northern Island of Samos had been invaded at 03:30, covered by air support from the recently re-assigned aircraft carrier Sparviero. The advancements on Evia had lasted the entire night, with the sound of artillery pounding and bombs exploding, the momentum of the advance simply could not be stopped. Another front on Evia had also been opened coming in from the Mainland, quickly storming the northern half of the island. With Greek troops now in Attica proper, the seemingly unchallenged tanks and horses of the Esercito Italiano and the planes of the Regia Aeronautica simply glided through the Greek countryside. The same can be seid for Peloponnese, as an offensive to reach the Southern Coastline of the region had been successful, once again splitting Greece into two. Just like the 3rd, the advancements continued through the night. |

[list]THE FRONTLINES - JULY 5TH, 1941[/list]

| On July 5th, the rampage across Greece continued. The island of Samos had been captured at 06:20, with heavy casualties due to the methods of para dropping being used. Meanwhile, on the mainland, the relentless bombardment continued throughout the mornings, pounding Greek cities to bits, and leaving behind thousands of casualties on both sides. Today, however, the challenge was rather difficult for the men of the Italian Army in the Aegean Islands. The Greek Army had regrouped toward Crete and attempts to invade the island from Rhodes had been a failure so far, despite the beachhead is there. With the Greek Army retreating towards Crete however, the mainland was defended by a skeleton force, causing even more encirclements and split maneuvers across Greece. At the end of the day, Greece split into no more than five major groups. |

[list]THE FRONTLINES - JULY 6TH, 1941[/list]

| On July 6th, the same old advances were made as the day before, in similar locations yet again. However this time, the advances were bigger, and these one-day advances had knocked out and captured literal regions of Greece. The first to fall was Peloponnese, falling at 07:45, with minimal casualties, giving Italy the foothold in Greece. The next to fall was Evia, falling at 10:50. The Italian army now had three locations to attack Athens with. Lastly was Northern Attica, falling at 23:20. The famous city of Thermopylae was seemingly abandoned by the time Italian forces above, proudly raising the Royal Italian Flag high. Athens was now in range of both medium and short-range artillery, and that evening, shells rained down on the streets of Athens. The Battle for Athens had begun. |

[list]THE FRONTLINES - JULY 7TH, 1941[/list]

| This was it, July 7th, 1941, the final day of Operation Marita. The operation overall had been a resounding success, with everyone taking a back, including General Cavallero who at first did not have faith in the operation. With Athens now being pounded, there was nowhere else to go for both armies but South, the Italians towards Athens and the Greeks towards the sea. At 05:00, an air raid was sent to Athens, destroying a large majority of the ships docked, including the battlecruiser Salamis. Fleeing ships were intercepted by the naval superiority of the Regia Marina, including five battleships and other smaller vessels. At 07:00, Italian troops had entered Athens proper, and the overwhelming amount of troops at the front occupied the smoke-filled streets of Athens. With units advancing, it is reported that the Greek government and Royal Family fled, cleverly due to no interception. By sundown, Athens was Italian, ending Operation Marita on that glorious day. The Italian flag was raised high above Mount Acropolis. Greece was now Italian. The final frontier was Crete, and it was soon to be dealt with. |

[list][list][spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Swedenn

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler][/list][/list]

Nonador, Rutannia, Bescania, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Puerto Somoza, Maziya

October,1940

______________________________________________

WAR ON GREECE

______________________________________________

With Italy declaration of war Greece on the 28th of October 1940,it was going to be only a matter of time before Albania would have to join the war.However the majority of Albanians did not wish to join the war,because of this fact when war was finally declared on the 30th of October 1940 only a small group of soldiers would be deployed to the Greek-Albanian border to fight along the Italian army.

______________________________________________

IN ALBANIAN

______________________________________________

Me shpalljen e luftës të Italisë për Greqinë më 28 tetor 1940, do të ishte vetëm çështje kohe që Shqipëria të hynte në luftë. Megjithatë, shumica e shqiptarëve nuk dëshironin t'i bashkoheshin luftës, për shkak të këtij fakti kur Lufta u shpall përfundimisht më 30 tetor 1940, vetëm një grup i vogël ushtarësh do të vendoseshin në kufirin greko-shqiptar për të luftuar përgjatë ushtrisë italiane.

______________________________________________

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Rutannia, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Philanialle, Pontianus, Ranponian, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands, Maziya

[list]1941년 08월 | 1941 August

[list]

[sup]Hanseong | 한성[/sup]

Empire of Greater Korea[list]

[sup]Past, Present and Future; The Prince's Faction[/sup][/list]

| [sub]As news of Operation Barabossa reached Greater Joseon it was met with great enthusiasm by the colonial government, however some had their doubts, and believed it was the perfect opportunity to put new plans into action. One such individual was Prince Yi U.[/sub] |

| [sub]In Deoksugung Palace which had become the residence for Prince U, since he was removed as Crown Prince to make way for Prince Yi Chun, a small meeting of senior officials and low-level military figures was underway. Mainly consisting of those from Korean descent or mixed-Korean descent the meeting was to discuss the possible collapse of the Japanese Empire and the future of the Peninsular.[/sub] |[list]

[sub]Prince U: “As Operation Barabossa is underway and despite its apparent success, I’m sure you all see, like me, that at some point Japan will be fully dragged into this global conflict. The Soviet Union is a neighbour; and it poses a threat to the Japanese Empire. Future planning is something Korea failed to do in the past; I won’t see it happen again.”[/sub]

[sub]Hong Jin: “The Provisional Government seems content with taking Korea back to 1897, before the reorganising of the country into an Empire under Japanese pressure. I’d suggest that striking a balance between traditionalism and modernism is the best way to secure the backing of the public and business.”[/sub]

[sub]Choe Sang-rim: “It is entirely plausible that Japan could fall if dragged into the conflict; however how do we compete with the Provisional Government in China for legitimacy?”[/sub][/list]

| [sub]The young Prince would hum softly as he listened and took on board what the others were saying; ideas running through his head.[/sub] |[list]

[sub]Prince U: “Striking a balance is key. My father is banking on keeping the monarchy as it was; my brother is under Japanese command. Giving the people what they believe is a choice will keep them onside. A monarchy modelled after the British; a government that acts on behalf of the people granted the powers to do so by the monarch of the day.”[/sub]

[sub]Yeom Dong-jin: “How do you propose we’d take power? In the event of Japan’s collapse, the USSR would most likely be bearing down on the peninsula with the KPG flying in with assistance from the Chinese or British.”[/sub]

[sub]Choe Sang-rim: “It certainly won’t involve your terroristic butchery that I’m certain of.”[/sub]

[sub]Yeom Dong-jin: “Those activities have served well recently in causing havoc on Japanese supply lines.”[/sub]

[sub]Prince U: “Enough. Bickering gets us nowhere. We must organise formerly and begin to train a military and establish communications with like minded groups. As our numbers grow, there will be strict instructions on when and how we reveal ourselves.[/sub][/list]

| [sub]The men would nod to one another; as another spoke up, not convinced of the meeting thus far.[/sub] |[list]

[sub]Ahn Jae-hong: “Suppose this all works; we capture the Government-General Building; Emperor Geon is deposed; you come out on top against your father, what then? Do we hold elections instantly? Do we try to bring Korea together? The extremes of politics are gaining momentum across the peninsula; controlling the people, let alone governing, is going to be a living hell.”[/sub]

[sub]Lyuh Woon-hyung: “And to do nothing at all is better? If we fail then someone else with a better idea will step into our shoes, but to not try would make us no better than those who tread on us now.”[/sub][/list][/list]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Swedenn

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Arcanda, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Otsla, Ranponian, Vancouver Straits, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands, Maziya

HERO OF EAST AFRICA RETURNS HOME!

August 1941

With the speedy conclusion of the war in Eastern Africa, a popular hero of the war is set to return after receiving serious injuries in his Service there. Pilot Officer Ian Douglas Smith had achieved several kills of Italian Aircraft while flying over southern Ethiopia and Somalia, but sadly at the hand of Ground Fire crashed his burning hurricane in the last week of the conflict there which led to severe disfigurement as well as a broken leg, jaw and shoulder. Being initially flown to Egypt for treatment he now returns home a great Ace and hero, this is despite his own wish being that he would remain in northern Africa to continue the fight. For the next two weeks he shall travel throughout the country being shown off by the Federal Government as a great hero and Rhodesian contribution to the war. With severe scars that are still healing the excuse of recovery was frequently used to dismiss his requests, which he continues to make. Having been offered the ability to quit the Army and become a Representative for Selukwe multiple times during the conflict so far, he has continually refused in order to "fight for Britain and all that it represented" (direct OOC quote).

Coming along with him are two thousand decorated Servicemen who served in the theater, being rewarded by three weeks leave in Rhodesia as a result of their actions. Their period of rest is as equally operational as humanitarian, due to the fact that the Rhodesian Forces in Eastern Africa (save for the occupational Forces in Somalia) are to leave for Northern Africa in December of 1941 to assist in finally defeating the Italians and their German Allies. Smith and his fellow Servicemen of all Branches are without a doubt a testament to the ferocious fighting spirit of the Rhodesian Peoples and their desire to see the Axis soundly defeated on all Fronts, no matter the cost in achieving that victory.

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Swedenn

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Rutannia, Arcanda, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Otsla, Pontianus, Nileia, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance, Islahh, Adriatican Islands

The New Delhi Tribune/नई दिल्ली ट्रिब्यून [sub]August 1941[/sub]

[sub]Volume 15, Issue 4 /खंड 15, अंक 4 [/sub]

[sup][Rabindranath Tagore Passes Away At The Age Of 80!! 80 साल की उम्र में रवींद्रनाथ टैगोर का निधन !!][/sup]

[sup]With sad and unfortunate news this week, world renowned polymath who is known for his work as a poet, writer, playwright, composer, philosopher, social reformer and painter. Has passed away at the age of 80 in Calcutta. According to doctors his death was attributed to years of chronic pain and several prolong illnesses, eventually leading to him becoming comatose and remaining so until his death on August 1941.[/sup]

[sup]इस सप्ताह दुखद और दुर्भाग्यपूर्ण समाचार के साथ, विश्व प्रसिद्ध पॉलीमैथ जो एक कवि, लेखक, नाटककार, संगीतकार, दार्शनिक, समाज सुधारक और चित्रकार के रूप में अपने काम के लिए जाने जाते हैं। 80 वर्ष की आयु में कलकत्ता में निधन हो गया। डॉक्टरों के अनुसार उनकी मृत्यु का कारण वर्षों पुराने दर्द और कई लंबी बीमारियां थीं, जो अंततः उन्हें बेहोशी की स्थिति में ले गईं और अगस्त 1941 में उनकी मृत्यु तक बनी रहीं।[/sup]

[sup]Rabindranath Tagore reshaped Bengali literature and music as well as Indian art with Contextual Modernism in the late 19th and early 20th centuries. Author of the "profoundly sensitive, fresh and beautiful" poetry of Gitanjali, he became in 1913 the first non-European and the first lyricist to win the Nobel Prize in Literature. Tagore's poetic songs were viewed as spiritual and mercurial; however, his "elegant prose and magical poetry" remain largely unknown outside Bengal. He was a fellow of the Royal Asiatic Society. Referred to as "the Bard of Bengal", Tagore was known by sobriquets: Gurudev, Kobiguru, Biswakobi.[/sup]

[sup]रवींद्रनाथ टैगोर ने 19वीं सदी के अंत और 20वीं सदी की शुरुआत में प्रासंगिक आधुनिकतावाद के साथ बंगाली साहित्य और संगीत के साथ-साथ भारतीय कला को भी नया रूप दिया। गीतांजलि की "गहन रूप से संवेदनशील, ताजा और सुंदर" कविता के लेखक, वे 1913 में साहित्य में नोबेल पुरस्कार जीतने वाले पहले गैर-यूरोपीय और पहले गीतकार बने। टैगोर के काव्य गीतों को आध्यात्मिक और मधुर माना जाता था; हालाँकि, उनकी "सुरुचिपूर्ण गद्य और जादुई कविता" बंगाल के बाहर काफी हद तक अज्ञात है। वह रॉयल एशियाटिक सोसाइटी के फेलो थे। "बंगाल के बार्ड" के रूप में संदर्भित, टैगोर को सोब्रीकेट्स द्वारा जाना जाता था: गुरुदेव, कोबिगुरु, बिस्वाकोबी।[/sup]

[sup]Tagore wrote poetry as an eight-year-old. At the age of sixteen, he released his first substantial poems under the pseudonym Bhānusiṃha ("Sun Lion"), which were seized upon by literary authorities as long-lost classics. By 1877 he graduated to his first short stories and dramas, published under his real name. As a humanist, universalist, internationalist, and ardent critic of nationalism, he denounced the British Raj and advocated independence from Britain. As an exponent of the Bengal Renaissance, he advanced a vast canon that comprised paintings, sketches and doodles, hundreds of texts, and some two thousand songs; his legacy also endures in his founding of Visva-Bharati University.[/sup]

[sup]टैगोर ने आठ साल की उम्र में कविता लिखी थी। सोलह वर्ष की आयु में, उन्होंने छद्म नाम भानुसिंह ("सूर्य सिंह") के तहत अपनी पहली महत्वपूर्ण कविताओं का विमोचन किया, जिन्हें साहित्यिक अधिकारियों ने लंबे समय से खोए हुए क्लासिक्स के रूप में जब्त कर लिया था। 1877 तक उन्होंने अपनी पहली लघु कहानियों और नाटकों में स्नातक की उपाधि प्राप्त की, जो उनके वास्तविक नाम से प्रकाशित हुए। एक मानवतावादी, सार्वभौमवादी, अंतर्राष्ट्रीयवादी और राष्ट्रवाद के प्रबल आलोचक के रूप में, उन्होंने ब्रिटिश राज की निंदा की और ब्रिटेन से स्वतंत्रता की वकालत की। बंगाल पुनर्जागरण के प्रतिपादक के रूप में, उन्होंने एक विशाल कैनन को आगे बढ़ाया जिसमें पेंटिंग, स्केच और डूडल, सैकड़ों ग्रंथ और कुछ दो हजार गाने शामिल थे; उनकी विरासत विश्वभारती विश्वविद्यालय की स्थापना में भी कायम है।[/sup]

[sup]Tagore modernized Bengali art by spurning rigid classical forms and resisting linguistic strictures. His novels, stories, songs, dance-dramas, and essays spoke to topics political and personal. Gitanjali (Song Offerings), Gora (Fair-Faced) and Ghare-Baire (The Home and the World) are his best-known works, and his verse, short stories, and novels were acclaimed—or panned—for their lyricism, colloquialism, naturalism, and unnatural contemplation. His compositions were chosen by two nations as national anthems: India's "Jana Gana Mana" and Bangladesh's "Amar Shonar Bangla". The Sri Lankan national anthem was inspired by his work.[/sup]

[sup]टैगोर ने कठोर शास्त्रीय रूपों को ठुकराकर और भाषाई सख्ती का विरोध करके बंगाली कला का आधुनिकीकरण किया। उनके उपन्यासों, कहानियों, गीतों, नृत्य-नाटकों और निबंधों ने राजनीतिक और व्यक्तिगत विषयों पर बात की। गीतांजलि (गीत प्रसाद), गोरा (फेयर-फेसेड) और घरे-बैरे (द होम एंड द वर्ल्ड) उनकी सबसे प्रसिद्ध रचनाएँ हैं, और उनकी कविता, लघु कथाएँ और उपन्यासों को उनके गीतवाद, बोलचाल के लिए प्रशंसित या प्रतिबंधित किया गया था। , प्रकृतिवाद, और अप्राकृतिक चिंतन। उनकी रचनाओं को दो राष्ट्रों ने राष्ट्रगान के रूप में चुना: भारत का "जन गण मन" और बांग्लादेश का "अमर शोनार बांग्ला"। श्रीलंका का राष्ट्रगान उनके काम से प्रेरित था।[/sup]

[sup]Between 1878 and 1932, Tagore set foot in more than thirty countries on five continents. In 1912, he took a sheaf of his translated works to England, where they gained attention from missionary and Gandhi protégé Charles F. Andrews, Irish poet William Butler Yeats, Ezra Pound, Robert Bridges, Ernest Rhys, Thomas Sturge Moore, and others. Yeats wrote the preface to the English translation of Gitanjali; Andrews joined Tagore at Santiniketan. In November 1912 Tagore began touring the United States and the United Kingdom, staying in Butterton, Staffordshire with Andrews's clergymen friends. From May 1916 until April 1917, he lectured in Japan and the United States. He denounced nationalism. His essay "Nationalism in India" was scorned and praised; it was admired by Romain Rolland and other pacifists. With tours being down in Italy, Argentina, Hungary and in addition to touring Denmark, Germany, Switzerland and Signapore.[/sup]

[sup]1878 और 1932 के बीच, टैगोर ने पाँच महाद्वीपों पर तीस से अधिक देशों में पैर रखा। 1912 में, वह अपने अनुवादित कार्यों का एक संग्रह इंग्लैंड ले गए, जहां उन्होंने मिशनरी और गांधी नायक चार्ल्स एफ एंड्रयूज, आयरिश कवि विलियम बटलर येट्स, एज्रा पाउंड, रॉबर्ट ब्रिज, अर्नेस्ट राइस, थॉमस स्टर्ज मूर और अन्य लोगों का ध्यान आकर्षित किया। येट्स ने गीतांजलि के अंग्रेजी अनुवाद की प्रस्तावना लिखी; एंड्रयूज शांतिनिकेतन में टैगोर के साथ शामिल हुए। नवंबर 1912 में टैगोर ने एंड्रयूज के पादरी मित्रों के साथ बटरटन, स्टैफोर्डशायर में रहकर संयुक्त राज्य और यूनाइटेड किंगडम का दौरा करना शुरू किया। मई 1916 से अप्रैल 1917 तक, उन्होंने जापान और संयुक्त राज्य अमेरिका में व्याख्यान दिया। उन्होंने राष्ट्रवाद की निंदा की। उनके निबंध "भारत में राष्ट्रवाद" का तिरस्कार और प्रशंसा की गई; रोमेन रोलैंड और अन्य शांतिवादियों ने इसकी प्रशंसा की। इटली, अर्जेंटीना, हंगरी और डेनमार्क, जर्मनी, स्विट्ज़रलैंड और साइनापुर के दौरे के अलावा पर्यटन कम होने के साथ।[/sup]

[sup]Known mostly for his poetry, Tagore wrote novels, essays, short stories, travelogues, dramas, and thousands of songs. Of Tagore's prose, his short stories are perhaps most highly regarded; he is indeed credited with originating the Bengali-language version of the genre. His works are frequently noted for their rhythmic, optimistic, and lyrical nature. Such stories mostly borrow from the lives of common people. Tagore's non-fiction grappled with history, linguistics, and spirituality. He wrote autobiographies. His travelogues, essays, and lectures were compiled into several volumes, including Europe Jatrir Patro (Letters from Europe) and Manusher Dhormo (The Religion of Man). His brief chat with Einstein, "Note on the Nature of Reality", is included as an appendix to the latter.[/sup]

[sup]ज्यादातर अपनी कविता के लिए जाने जाने वाले, टैगोर ने उपन्यास, निबंध, लघु कथाएँ, यात्रा वृत्तांत, नाटक और हजारों गीत लिखे। टैगोर के गद्य में, उनकी लघु कथाएँ शायद सबसे अधिक मानी जाती हैं; उन्हें वास्तव में शैली के बंगाली-भाषा संस्करण की उत्पत्ति का श्रेय दिया जाता है। उनके कार्यों को अक्सर उनके लयबद्ध, आशावादी और गीतात्मक प्रकृति के लिए जाना जाता है। ऐसी कहानियां ज्यादातर आम लोगों के जीवन से उधार लेती हैं। टैगोर की गैर-कथा इतिहास, भाषा विज्ञान और आध्यात्मिकता से जुड़ी हुई है। उन्होंने आत्मकथाएँ लिखीं। उनके यात्रा वृतांत, निबंध और व्याख्यान कई खंडों में संकलित किए गए, जिनमें यूरोप जत्रिर पात्रो (यूरोप से पत्र) और मानुषेर धोर्मो (मनुष्य का धर्म) शामिल हैं। आइंस्टीन के साथ उनकी संक्षिप्त बातचीत, "नोट ऑन द नेचर ऑफ रियलिटी", बाद के परिशिष्ट के रूप में शामिल है।[/sup]

[spoiler=“If you cry because the sun has gone out of your life, your tears will prevent you from seeing the stars.”

― Rabindranath Tagore]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor[/spoiler]

Nonador, Rutannia, Paseo, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Otsla, Ranponian, Nileia, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands

Question:

is this region a ww1 theme or something else?

YUGOSLAVIA SEIZES ESTADO NOVO DEAL AMID GROWING UNREST

[list][sup]FRIENDS ABROAD, ENEMIES WITHIN

YUGOSLAVIA—SUMMER 1941[/sup][/list]

The regency of Prince Paul had begun to tremble on what knife-edge it had left by the late summer of 1941. Evidence seemed increasingly clear that Soviet-backed weaponry and training was spreading among leftist partisan insurgents in the eastern reaches of Yugoslavia, and worse still, the ethnic nationalism of the Slovenes was beginning to infect the neighboring northwest of Croatia. Over the summer, Yugoslav police had, by ill-luck, thrown Franc Gomilšek onto cobblestones at a Slovene independence rally in Ljubljana. The 68-year-old priest had been popular and vigorous in his fight for the recognition of the Slovene identity in the north and west of Yugoslavia and, in doing so, had promoted Slovene-language press and religious societies for decades. When armor-clad officers cast Gomilšek into the street before hundreds of protesters, he struck his head on a paving stone and never recovered consciousness, dying the following morning. The subsequent week in Ljubljana brought a swelling uproar that led to the brutal beatings of over a dozen police officers, leaving one comatose. The unrest was mirrored in Zagreb, where protestors chanted ‘who will be our Gomilšek?’ among other slogans, demanding to know which Croatian would be martyred in the name of independence. It was a display of unusual solidarity for the death of a popular Slovene to be noticed in Croatia—in truth, it spoke to the strangeness of this year in the Kingdom.

Prime Minister Dragiša Cvetković was not insensitive to these plights. After finishing his university studies, he had thrown himself ardently at the social problems of Yugoslavia and had sought to bring the country together under fair working conditions and safety nets for the frail and elderly. In truth, he felt that ethnic nationalism would fade when given comfortable conditions and immediately corresponded with Prince Paul on fitting ways to counteract the events of Ljubljana and Zagreb. Fortuitously, Portuguese representatives in Belgrade delivered the Yugoslav diplomatic staff a note from Lisbon on the very first evening of this correspondence. The Estado Novo, it read, wished to enter negotiation to purchase a copy of the designs to the Rogožarski IK-3: a cutting-edge fighter plane that had lately entered Yugoslav military service. In exchange, the Estado Novo would pay a sum of $1.5 million (1941) and ratify a trade deal that promised to keep all Yugoslav exports to the Estado Novo taxed equal to or below pre-war rates until the conflict in Europe should come to an official close. With the Yugoslav military in immediate possession of the designs, this afforded Prince Paul and Cvetković an immediate wealth of capital. They eagerly sent a response to Lisbon within twelve hours of the note’s arrival at the Yugoslav foreign ministry, vowing to transfer the designs as soon as possible.

By early August, the money was in the hands of the Yugoslav treasury, and the designs had made their way to the Portuguese defense staff in a locked leather briefcase. Emboldened, the Prime Minister announced that the Yugoslav government, looking favorably on “all of its loyal supporters”, would be enacting a comprehensive electrification program in Slovenia. Prince Paul’s government would pour $1.3 million of their sum from the Portuguese government into an electric development program staffed by the engineering faculty at the University of Ljubljana. At the month’s end, discussions had already brought about plans for three new hydroelectric plants on the Drava that would substantially boost electricity production in northern and eastern Slovenia. Whether by these measures or the length of time that had passed since the death of Gomilšek, unrest subsided somewhat—still, though, the priest’s death laid a heavy bitterness in the hearts of Slovenes.

Rutannia, Arcanda, Paseo, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Nileia, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance

[list]SEPTEMBER 1941

[sub]HM GOVERNMENT-IN-EXILE — LONDON, UNITED KINGDOM[/sub][/list]

[list][list][pre]| HET RIJK IN OORLOG: EEN MATIGE KRACHT IN OOST-INDIES EN PAPUA[/pre][/list][/list]

[LIST][LIST][pre]| THE EMPIRE AT WAR: A MODERATE FORCE IN THE EAST INDIES AND PAPUA[/pre][/list][/list]

A full year had passed following the reorganisation of the kingdom through the Kingdom Charter 1940. Said charter saw the promotion of democratically elected self-rule in the newly established and equal constituent countries. Reorganisation through the Kingdom Charter 1940 proved wildly successful and popular across the free areas of the kingdom. In the State of the East Indies a coalition of unionist, centrist and Chinese parties won a slight majority in the Volksraad-Dewan Rakyat seeing the relatively unknown Sri Eko Indrajaya secure the regional premiership. Despite success, the people would elect an unfavourable nationalist as the region's Chief Executive. In London, the seat of Her Majesty’s Government in Exile, reorganisation and its mass popular support provided the opportunity to raise a decently formidable force to aid the war effort.

Before the passing of the Kingdom Charter, dutch forces in the East Indies were regulars from the Netherlands proper, as well as local troops of the Royal Netherlands East Indies Army (KNIL). Total strength in the East Indies and Papua mounted a total of 100,000 men. Integration of the former colonial forces with the Krijgsmacht and the subsequent 1940 drive to build a moderately trained force in the East have had mixed results. Integration for coordination and logistical purposes has certainly improved overall conditions of the force in its totality. However, campaign efforts to build said force have been wholly lacklustre. Recruitment has been most successful amongst ethnic minorities, chiefly the Chinese and Malay yet with strong recruitment from the Ambonese, Manadonese and as well as other religious minorities, all of whom total 40,000 men. Such failure to meet expectations has thus required HM Government-in-Exile to take emergency measures to ensure capable defence in the certain battle that is to unfold in the East. Said measures include the arming of ethnic militias to resist aggression, principally amongst the Acehnese, Minang and Dayak. Intensification of recruitment efforts targeted at the largely Christian minorities of the Dayak, the Nias, the various peoples of the Flores Islands, as well as Papuans. In a more desperate effort however, HM Government-in-Exile will allow for the recruitment of women into medical, support and limited combat roles.

Despite the mixed outcome of the government's effort, a moderate force now stands in the East Indies, at most capable of defence. With limited training it is expected that trained recruits and those who continue to volunteer will continue their training “on the job”, when that day inevitably comes. Strikingly however, Dutch forces in the East Indies and Papua remain to a degree highly under-equipped. Although dutiful efforts are being made to plug certain shortages, much of the Dutch force will remain without. Minimal training and shortages may be, the intentions of the HM Government-in-Exile and of the entire Kingdom are not to aim for certain destruction by meeting the challenge head on. In some areas, Dutch forces will stand toe-to-toe with the inevitable Eastern Fascist, however in most Dutch forces and militias are expected to enter into a protracted conflict, bleeding the inevitable foe until allied victory. War, from the view of the government, is inevitable and the efforts made by HM Government-in-Exile will be proven effective or the opposite once it arrives.

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Rutannia, Paseo, Amsterwald, Philanialle, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Nileia, Vancouver Straits, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance, Maziya

[list][list][sup]𝙰𝚞𝚐𝚞𝚜𝚝, 𝟷𝟿𝟺𝟷[/sup]

𝐀 𝐌𝐎𝐒𝐓 𝐒𝐇𝐀𝐌𝐄𝐅𝐔𝐋 𝐃𝐈𝐒𝐏𝐋𝐀𝐘[/list]

𝓣𝓮𝓱𝓻𝓪𝓷, 𝓢𝓪'𝓭𝓪𝓫𝓪𝓭 𝓒𝓸𝓶𝓹𝓵𝓮𝔁, Otsla

[sub]𝔓𝔢𝔯𝔰𝔬𝔫𝔞𝔩 𝔔𝔲𝔞𝔯𝔱𝔢𝔯𝔰 𝔬𝔣 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔖𝔥𝔞𝔥, 𝔖𝔱𝔞𝔱𝔢 𝔄𝔣𝔣𝔞𝔦𝔯𝔰[/sub]

[I][sup]Once again, war has erupted in Europe. The world is once more being split between the Allies and the Axis. The German Staat rampages across the European continent and has begun its assault on the USSR. Italy marches on Athens, and the Japanese war machine is sweeping across Asia. Iran quickly declared its neutrality from the beginning to maintain its peace and sovereignty. Reza Shah saw no benefit in risking the empire's sovereignty. Nevertheless, he kept open relations with both Axis and Allied nations to maintain balance in diplomacy. Throughout his reign, the Shah employed different nationalities in various positions within the Imperial Government to create a more effective bureaucracy. Americans developed and implemented Western-style financial and administrative systems. Italy sent Italians to teach the Iranian navy the intricacies of naval warfare. He also imported hundreds of German technicians and advisors for various projects and purchased military surplus. Germany had gained much influence over Iran as the Shah's relations with the British and Soviets rapidly deteriorated. Germany was Iran's largest trading partner on the eve of the 2nd World War.[/sup]

[sup]Relations with the UK and USSR had slowly declined for many reasons prior to the war. The Shah wanted to increase Iranian control over oil revenues, but because of the Anglo-Persian Oil Company's influence, he could only acquire small concessions from the British. As for the Soviets, the Shah had been closely watching the shameless Soviet aggression on the Turkish Republic. A reminder that Iran was no safer from Russian aggression as history justifies Iranian fears. The establishment of a Kurdish state was especially disturbing to the Shah as Iranian Kurds may aspire to join this new state. To counter potential uprisings or incursions, the Shah doubled the military presence in the Kurdish province. The 5th Infantry Division would bolster manpower and supplies to counter hypothetical Kurdish revolts. Before the war, the Shah's foreign policy, which consisted of playing the Soviet Union off against the United Kingdom, failed when those two powers joined in 1941 to fight the Germans. The British began campaigning the Iranians to allow the use of Iranian railways to supply the Soviet Union. Reza Shah wanting to keep Iran out of the war, rebutted the demands and insisted that Iran was a neutral country. Tired of the opportunistic policies of both Britain and the Soviet Union, the Shah circumscribed contacts with foreign embassies. This only agitated the British and escalated pressure on the Shah by deploying warships near Iranian waters. The Prime Minister of Iran, Prime MinisterAli Mansur, begged the Shah to reach a compromise, but the Shah being the character he is, doubled down. Many Iranian commanders feared a potential invasion by both the British and Soviets. Thus, some generals met in secrecy to discuss potential options. When the Shah was informed of such treachery by his generals, he beat armed forces, General Ahmad Nakhjavan, with a cane and stripped him of his rank. The general was almost excecuted on the spot but was only spared when the Crown Prince insisted on his life. The general would instead be imprisoned. With mounting pressure from everyone, Reza Shah begrudgingly accepted the writing on the wall and began negotiations with the British.[/sup]

[sup]Wanting to reduce Soviet influence, the Shah would strictly conduct negotiations with the British, as he did not trust Stalin. The British terms of the agreement would be that Iran would deport all German citizens from her territory no matter their role or contract. Iran would also allow unlimited access to its railways, creating the Persian Corridor that would supply the Soviet Union with millions of supplies. The Shah would also sign a Tripartite Treaty Alliance with Britain and the Soviet Union by the 29th of January, 1942, to aid in the allied war effort in a non-military way. This treaty committed the Allies to leave Iran "not more than six months after the cessation of hostilities." In exchange for this, the Shah and his family would be allowed to remain in power. Secondly, the Imperial Armed Forces would not be incapacitated in any way. Thirdly, the British guaranteed to pay the Iranian state an undisclosed amount of money. Lastly, Iran would receive beneficial military aid after the war. With these terms agreed upon and signed, Iran would officially cut ties with Germany and deport all German citizens from the country.[/sup]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Swedenn

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Rutannia, Paseo, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Asharken, Ranponian, Nileia, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance, Peking Zhongguo

RAMÓN CASTILLO TAKES THE LEAD OF THE CONCORDANCIA AND BECOMES PRESIDENT

[list][list]July 1941[/list]

Mr. Castillo became President of Argentina this early morning of July 9th 1941 after the previous president, Roberto María Ortiz, stepped down amid serious workers, farmers and rural strikes and revolts all-around the nation.

Indeed, Mr. Castillo replaced his predecessor, whom shall be remembered as the most fraudulent president being elected since the early stages of the Republic. The challenges that await Castillo’s presidency are nearly impossible to overcome as his rule is fragile and relies on the historical alliance between the military and the aristo-conservative forces in Argentina.

Amid the War in Europe, Argentina stays vehemently neutral as the pressure from Anglophile and Germanophile forces from within and outside the nation might tear the swaying balance the Concordancia reached in the last decade, one that historians might call later the “INFAMOUS DECADE”.

Only history will tell if Mr. Castillo will remain president long enough to stabilize the nation and maintain the grip of the Concordancia on the Argentine politics or if a new underdog will rise to bring needed change for the land of San Martin and Belgrano

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Swedenn

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Rutannia, Arcanda, Paseo, Amsterwald, Philanialle, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Nileia, Great Britain Gb, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance, Peking Zhongguo, Maziya, The Yank Empire

| LOAN, INFRASTRUCTURE, BANZAISM |

[sub]19th of August, 1941[/sub]

| Banzaism has began to spread around Zaire. The National Congress has effectively passed the New Politics Bill. The bill passed due to a majority of the National Liberal Revival Movement, 64 out of 64 voted in favour. The Christian-Centrist Party voted in favour, with their 12 votes. However, the Liberal Party and the Conservative Movement have voted against, but their combined votes only accumulated to 44, and therefore were unable to defeat the vote. The New Politics Bill introduces new political structure into Zaire, a structure that is based on upon the ideology of Banzaism.

The Bill brings in changes that are in correspondence to what Banzaism preaches. The Liberal Party and the Conservative Movement have protested the move and the bill, and have called for the step-down of Gloria Banza due to her "...fanatical ideology that places Zaire into a laughing stock of democracy..." However, the wider population of Zaire has not really reacted to the political moves. The ongoing reforms, investments and projects have placed Zairians into a frenzy of economic life. Life is changing for everyone quickly. Since 1937, more than five million Zairians have now been educated and equipped with skills in different professions and careers. More than four-thousand new businesses have appeared around Zaire since 1938. The literacy rate has also sky rocked exceptionally, with sixty-two percent more men and sixty-percent more women being able to read and write on a highly skilled level. It is expected that by 1945, the generation of Zairians between twenty and sixty will be able to read and write in ninety-percent and that the generation of those aged five to nineteen will be able to read and write in one hundred percent.

The Educational reform of 1938 is bringing incredible results, and Zairians are becoming skilled and educated individuals ready to take on their new life.

Another major diplomatic strive has also occurred for Gloria Banza and Zaire. After initial talks and agreements, the new growing friend of Zaire, United States of America, have agreed to give Zaire loan worth 36.0 million dollars, a loan which will be repaid over the next six years through an increase in natural resources exports to the USA. The money that will arrive in Zaire will be used extensively by the government towards expanding infrastructure, expansion of the education system but also into investments and into starting rapid urbanisation of the country. The loan will vastly increase Zairian economy expansion. An economy that is showing major signs of growth.

Another major diplomatic win has come about. The South African and the Zairian governments have to come to terms on creating the Trans-African Port Initiative which would ultimately link South African ports to Zairian industrial cities, and Zairian ports to South African industrial cities. The TAPI will aid in trade capacity. It will make South African goods reach Europe and North America quicker, whilst making Zairian goods reach Asia and the Middle East quicker. A mutual infrastructure project is said to begin in 1944, and is set to be ready by 1951, in it's initial openings. The project not only brings South Africa and Zaire closer, but it also creates a vastly new opportunity for Zairian economy. Economy which has become the main focus point of the current government.

[list]NEW POLITICAL BILL

- New Elections to Occur in October for the National Congress ( In Basis of Banzaism, the First Representative brings the party they derive from into the National Congress for the decade of their rule. )

- The new National Congress will be elected every three years from now on, based on candidates rather than party. The size of the National Congress shall be increased to 150 Members.

- The position of the First Representative will be elected every ten years. The next elections for the First Representative will occur in 1951.

- All decentralised bodies of government shall be disbanded, and will fall under central rule.

- All States and Provinces will fall under the State Rule. |[/list]

[spoiler="The Belgians said that Zaire, by itself, will be isolated, left and destroyed. But we are thriving. We have new friends. The United States, South Africa and Estado Novo are standing by us. And we're standing by them. We're aiding the British in their war efforts, and are creating opportunities with our neighbours and friends." - Head of the Zairean Finest Assembly, FABIAN NIGOYE]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Swedenn

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Rutannia, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Otsla, Ranponian, Nileia, Great Britain Gb, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance, La Granadinas

[pre]My Newsletter now has an Archive where you can read all editions[/pre]

https://www.nationstates.net/page=dispatch/id=1508819

Nonador, Paramountica, Rutannia, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Ranponian, Nileia, Great Britain Gb, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance, La Granadinas

[B]EL FERROCARRIL DEL PACIFICO: ¡SESENTA AÑOS DE HISTORIA Y SERVICIO!

[sub]February 1867—March 1941 | Managua, Managua Department, Republic of Nicaragua[/sub]

El Ferrocarril del Pacífico de Nicaragua, or 'FPN' for short, serves and has served, valiantly, the Republic of Nicaragua throughout numerous presidential personalities, political eras, and times of war, dating it's founding as far back as 1867, where the mere initial concept of Nicaragua's own railroad service and the potential lines, connections, and stations was presented to then incumbent President, Fernando Guzmán Solórzano, for consideration. The project wouldn't gain the desired traction, however, until 1876 under the administration of Pedro Joaquín Chamorro Alfaro, enacting an executive decree which set into motion the eventual construction of Nicaragua's first railroad, a five mile, 1,067 mm (3 ft 6 in) gauge line connecting the key port of Corinto to Paso Caballos northward along the Pacific Coast, it was inaugurated in 1880. From there, a longer, eastward bound line connecting Paso Caballos to Chinandega further inland, inaugurated the following year.

As further funding poured in toward the development of Nicaragua's own Pacific Railroad, the railway lines continued expanding to more major cities settled along the country's vast west coast, reaching as far as León by 1883, and inaugurating Puerto Momotombo in 1884 to serve as a port and transshipment station for the railway crossing over El Lago de Managua, lying in the wake of the ever active Mount Momotombo. At the time the steamboat connection at Lake Managua was deemed operational, the 'Western Division' of the Pacific Railroad was made of some 58 miles of track, including 3 ½ miles of secondary lines. By mid-late 1884, the railroad stretched as far as Masaya and connected to the city of Granada, closing out the 'Eastern Division' of the Pacific Railroad in 1886. Branching from the Eastern Divison, another line was inducted into service connecting Masaya to Diriamba, through a wide expanse rich in the cultivation of coffee. This line, completed the following year in 1887, hosted 27 miles of track, bringing the total line distance for the Eastern Division up to 59 miles all together, also including 2 miles of secondary lines. The next railroad line project wouldn't be seen until 1895, with a relatively small 4 ¾ mile extension from Chinandega to the city of El Viejo, completed as part of the Western Division in 1898. Projects and construction would continue from here, unhindered, as El Ferrocarril del Pacífico received the necessary federal funding for a new section of the railroad entirely, the 'Central Division', which connected the Western and Eastern Divisions via the old city of La Paz and the capital, Managua, the undertaking earmarked for 1900 and completed successfully in 1902.

In the subsequent years that followed, El Ferrocarril del Pacífico de Nicaragua seen several other lines inaugurated, some extensions, though most serving as updates to the dated planning and methodologies which foreseen the construction of previous railway lines and stations, paving way for a fluid, cost-efficient rail system which no longer required steamboat transshipment across the nation's vast lakes, rivers, and gorges. With the successes of Nicaragua's Pacific Railroad, plans for made their way east, to the Atlantic Coast, where a single 60-mile line from Puerto Cabezas, extended and connected to Cocoland, further inland lying toward the northwest, a vital rail line serving one of Nicaragua's major Atlantic ports and the movement of economic export goods largely including bananas and lumber. Upon the inauguration of this stretch of track in 1925, all railroad works in and around the Atlantic Coast ceased due in large part to feasibility concerns relative to terrain.

By 1941, with the Second World War rearing into another year, President Anastasio Somoza García declares himself 'Chief Director' of the Pacific Railroad, by this point boasting almost 240 miles of rail track connecting the capital city, Managua, to the principal port of Corinto, which moves his merchandise, crops, vehicles, agricultural equipment for free and carries passengers south from Managua to Granada, or north from the capital to León on a daily basis. As the President opens negotiations toward future projects, El Ferrocarril del Pacífico de Nicaragua remains an important staple of national and economic development, then and now.

——

[Spoiler=GOLD FOR FRIENDS, LEAD FOR FOES]Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Rutannia, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Ranponian, Nileia, Great Britain Gb, New Provenance

[list][pre]September, 1941 |Keren, Eritrea, SDF Occupied Italian Eritrea[/pre]

LAND OF GOOD, THE RISE OF PATRIOTIC MUSIC[/list]

Far from home, restless, and standing at high alert, the Sudanese troops of the Sudan’s Defence Force had found themselves demoralized as they patrolled the Eritrean countryside and cities relentlessly, hunting down Italian guerilla fighters and other forces sympathetic to the Axis forces hiding out in the remains of Italian Eritrea.

In order to motivate the Sudanese troops, a high-ranking soldier, a 26-year old native of Wad Medani in the Gezira Plain named Ibrahim al-Kashif, had convinced the SDF leadership to organize a small entertainment concert for the Sudanese troops in Keren, west of the capital Asmara.

At the concert, Ibrahim would play some familiar tunes to the troops using an Arabic oud, as he sang out to them the lyrics of what had become a popular marching song amongst the troops. A patriotic song written by as-Sir Gador, which he titled, "The Land Of Good." Referring obviously to the Sudanese homeland, Ibrahim had remembered this song after his unit left the train station at Wad Medani with crowds of people waving him goodbye, and as his train rolled down the tracks that cut straight through the Sudanese fertile plains, where its cotton is primarily harvested. He has since then been eager to turn the words of the song into recorded music, in the hope that this love letter to Sudan and her people is not only meant to uplift the military morale under imperial duty, but also raise the Sudanese nation from under this tiring state of war.

(https://youtu.be/uYjuz5NiYzw)

[spoiler=Lyrics, Video provides better quality]

[list][pre]Lyrics, Translated from Arabic:

ard ul-kheyr ifrighiya makaani

(The land of good, Africa, is my home)

zaman an-noor wal-'izza zamaani

(The era of light and dignity is my era)

feeha jidoodi jibaahum 'aalya

([lt's the land] of my ancestors, holding their heads high)

mawaakil ma btitraaja' taani

([People march] in crowds that will never turn back again)

ageef gidaama wa agool lid-dunya ana suudaani

(I stand in front, and tell the world: "I'm Sudanese")

ana ifreeghi ana suudaani

("I'm African, I'm Sudanese")

ana baladi

(My country is.)

balad al-kheyr wat-teeba

(A country of all things good*)

ardu khazaayin feeha janaayin nujoomu 'uyoon lil-kheyr

bit'aayin

(Its lands are silos, filled with gardens, its stars are like

eyes, looking over that goodnees)

gamaru bidawwi ma bgheeb abadan daayman baayin

(Its moon shines and never fades; it's always visible)

nooru biyisgi layaali habeeba

(Its light waters beloved nights)

"aleyha aghanni wa agool lid-dunya ana suudaani

(I sing for it, and tell the world: "I'm Sudanese")

shamsak tal'at wa shragh noora bigat shamseyn

(Your sun has risen, its light shines, making two suns)

shams al-'izza wa noora al-akbar

(The sun of dignity, with its light - the brightest)

halat shaamkha zey taareekhi gaweeya wa raaskha

(It rises high, like my history, rich and deep-rooted)

malat ad-dunya wa kheyrna biyiktar

(It fills the sky, and our goodness increases)

kheyrna biyiktar

(Our goodness increases)

shams imaani bi awtaani

(The sun's [like] my faith in my homeland)

dal-khalaani agool lid-dunya ana suudaani

(That's what makes me tell the world: "I'm Sudanese.")

[/pre][/list]

[/spoiler]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Swedenn

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Rutannia, Canovia, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Otsla, Ranponian, Great Britain Gb, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance

TITO SHOT IN PARTISAN GUNFIGHT WITH YUGOSLAV SECURITY AGENTS

[list][sup]THE PRINCE’S SLIPPERIEST FOE

YUGOSLAVIA—AUTUMN 1941[/sup][/list]

A summer deal with the Estado Novo had undoubtedly been a boon for the increasingly authoritarian rule of the regent Prince Paul of Yugoslavia and his Prime Minister Dragiša Cvetković: it permitted an electric development scheme meant to pacify or otherwise distract the Slovenes of northwest Yugoslavia after the accidental killing of 68-year-old Slovene priest Franc Gomilšek at an independence rally in Ljubljana. More importantly, however, it set a precedent for collaboration with the Portuguese, who subsequently formed a covert deal to help defend the regent Prince’s rule. Intelligence agents from the Estado Novo arrived in Yugoslavia in September 1941, and after a few weeks of intense language training were assigned to aid the VOS (Varnostnoobveščevalna služba, “Security Intelligence Service”) in hunting enemies of the state. Several prominent Slovene nationalists had already left the country, forming the Committee for an Independent Slovenia in London under the leadership of jurist Boris Furlan; the main and most obvious threat persisting in Yugoslavia, then, was that of Josip Broz Tito and his communist partisans. Not only were Tito and his growing retinue bold, but with Soviet-made weapons slipping over the border with Bulgaria and Romania at the behest of Stalin, they were increasingly well-armed.

Communists had long been persecuted in Yugoslavia—throughout the existence of the Kingdom communist groups were most often under some kind of harsh or outright violent form of repression foisted on them by Prince Paul and his predecessors. The effect of suppression had, however, created much more violent communist movements than had ever existed previously. The beginning of war in Europe had emboldened the legendary Josip Broz Tito, leader of the underground Communist Party of Yugoslavia, to fight openly against the persecution of his government and arrange a network of ‘partisans’ in the countryside to disrupt royal rule and generally harass the authorities until what Tito called ‘real democracy’ was restored to Yugoslavia and the communists were again allowed to participate in government. For two years he had waged his own small war against the Yugoslav government, stealing from police armories, vandalizing municipal buildings, disrupting rail shipping, harassing soldiers, and even destroying bridges in rural Serbia and Croatia. He decried what he called ‘national oppression by the great-Serb capitalist clique’ and loathed that his country should not only be ruled by a monarchy, but a regent who seemed to be increasingly unwilling to let the true heir rule even when he came of age. Some of Tito’s more radical followers had even killed local officials and police officers that were judged to be too harsh on communist activity or too sympathetic to the royal family.

The strengthening of the VOS was thus eagerly welcomed by the Prince and his government. Fresh perspectives from agents trained in the Estado Novo brought about a re-evaluation of how the security service had been searching for Tito, and new attention was paid to the methodology of shaping webs of informants in which to catch intelligence on Tito’s whereabouts. Luck finally came a month later, when an affiliate of the anti-communist Slovenska zaveza (“Slovene Covenant”), formed after Tito’s activities began in late 1939—and which was ironically another opponent of the government, yet a stronger foe of communists—reported that Tito was afoot in the Brkini Hills of southwestern Slovenia. Extensive searching there located him in the company of a rural Slovene family in the farming village of Brezovica, near Hrpelje, and a shootout ensued between VOS agents and partisans. Tito is reported to have ambushed and personally killed one of the agents with a spade, but was shot twice by other agents and was helped by partisans armed with Soviet weaponry to flee, badly wounded, into the wooded hills under friendly cover fire. After learning of the encounter, Prime Minister Cvetković at first cursed that Tito was allowed to escape, but leveraged it well in a later speech warning that ‘anyone who sows chaos in Yugoslavia will be hunted to the ends of the world, and shall never find an hour of peace so long as they draw breath’.

Nonador, Paramountica, Paseo, Nevbrejnovitz, Nosautempopulus, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Great Britain Gb, Puerto Somoza

Post self-deleted by Nevbrejnovitz.

CASTILLO ADDRESSES THE NATION; UNREST EMERGES IN THE STREETS OF THE CAPITAL

[list][list]July 1941[/list]

President Castillo made his first address to the nation in the beginning of the afternoon a day after the announcement he replaced the previous president, Mr. Ortiz. During his speech, Mr. Castillo promised few reforms to the economic intervention of the government, quasi-inexistent even in mid-1941.

Indeed, the Concordancia, the President’s covenant of aristocratic and conservative forces into a united party, ruled the nation for over a decade and were put into power by a military coup that deposed the famous President Yrigoyen in 1930. This party follows a strict laissez-faire policy and heavily supports the aristocracy and other big earners at the expense of workers and their overall well-being. The Depression during the Infamous Decade stopped the economy and made the country solely reliant on its beef and other agricultural exports, especially after the inequal and forced Roca–Runciman Treaty with the Great-Britain that curtailed the exports of the nation, assured quotas at low prices and locked the nation in a dependency relation with its biggest trade “partner”.

Overall, despite the nature of the treaty, it was signed willfully by the Concordancia. Indeed, the aristocratic elite of the nation had an assured revenue, despite being lowered. They just had to lay-off workers or gobble up small farmers and evict them. This situation led to an increased aristocratic form of land sharing resembling the middle-ages in Europe and it curtailed innovation and economic growth. From being one of the richest nation per capita, Argentina fell in the middle of the basket and keeps going down if nothing was to be done to fix that vicious circle.

None of that was addressed by Castillo and he promised few empty reforms whilst leaving out those that would really help the masses. Moreover, Castillo insulted the workers by appearing with a top hat and clean and traditional suit recalling the 1800’s elite fashion, accompanied by the military leadership or the crème of the society. No proletarian was to be seen at the televised address.

This speech by the new president, the lack of change and the disdain he showed for the workers or the small farmers were the last drop they could endure. Indeed, the streets of Buenos Aires were filled with rioters and disgruntled people by the lack of change this new government would bring. As they were progressing through the streets towards the presidential palace, the Army was deployed to force the people to disperse and go back to work. With the lack of response by the masses, the officers on the terrain ordered to live-fire of the rioters and over 17 people died and hundreds were injured by shots or the panicked retreat of the angry workers.

Will Argentina survive another reactionary president or will it take its fate into its own hands and forge its destiny?

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Swedenn

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Paseo, The Confederate Prussian Empire, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Pontianus, Meexico, Ranponian, Great Britain Gb, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance

[list][list]OCTOBER 1941

TOKYO, JAPAN — EAST ASIA[/list]

[list][list]号外! 号外!

[pre]GOGAI! GOGAI!

THE CABINET HAS FALLEN![/pre][/list][/list]

| At night, on the streets of Tokyo, newsboys on their bicycles shouted “Gogai! Gogai!” (Extra! Extra!). The Konoe Cabinet has fallen. The men bought the papers and read the headlines, then walked on, thoughtfully. Behind the walls of the Official Residence, Premier FUMIMARO KONOE, with an unusual expression on his face, looks at his worried ministers. Konoe informed them that His Majesty had accepted his resignation. So they left. They were also thoughtful. His ministers knew that this was the end of Japan’s effort to compromise with destiny. The Failure of a Coalition and not to mention the various conferences that took place: the Emperor and the Prince, the Emperor and the Minister of the War, the Emperor and the Privy Council, the Cabinet and the Prince. Again and again they assessed Japan’s problems. The men who checked have heard each other’s opinions more than they can remember. There was one unavoidable fact: the U.S. was adamant in its embargo. There was another: Germany needs urgent action. The noise of their armies at the Kremlin gates was getting louder in Tokyo. It made the warriors’ blood run. But Prince Konoye refused to take responsibility for a break with the U.S. The Army was against the Prince, the Navy supported him. But then the Navy suddenly turned on Konoye, declaring “looking forward to action.” The unstable coalition of Navy and civilians, which the Konoe Cabinet relied on, disappeared. |

[list][list]新首相選考が東條を任命!!!

[pre]NEW PRIME MINISTERIAL SELECTION APPOINTS TOJO!!![/pre][/list][/list]

| After the fall of the Konoe Cabinet, the formers Premiers of Japan checked the selection of a new leader. Even Count KEIGO KIYOURA, 91, got out of bed sick, entering the Palace in a wheelchair, accompanied by a nurse, with an oxygen inhaler. In less than four hours the choice was made: a general whose father was a general will be the Premier of Japan. War Minister Lieut. General HIDEKI TOJO, man of perseverance and in favor of the Axis, must lead the nation. General Tojo walked quickly to the Emperor’s presence and, leaving, announced: |

[list][list]私は新しい内閣を設立するための帝国の命令を受けました、そして私は賞賛に打ち勝ちました。

[pre]“I have received an imperial order to form a new Cabinet and I am overcome with admiration.”[/pre][/list][/list]

| It being late afternoon, the new Premier was in a hurry. But one matter had to be attended to first. General Tojo quickly went to Yasukuni Shrine, where he participated in deification ceremonies for the 15,000 dead who gave their lives in China’s war. He also went to pray at the shrine of Emperor Meiji, founder of the Empire, and at the shrine of Admiral Togo, who defeated the Russians in the Russo-Japanese War. |

Nonador, Paramountica, Rutannia, Paseo, Nevbrejnovitz, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Great Britain Gb, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance

[list][sub]OCTOBER 1941[/sub]

[sub]Frigid March East, Pt. 3[/sub][/list]

[list]| [sub]DER EISIGE WINTER BRICHT ÜBER DEN EINMARSCH DER ACHSEN IN DIE SOWJETUNION HEREIN (EISIGER MARSCH NACH OSTEN, PT. 3)[/sub]

[sub]| THE FROZEN WINTER DAWNS ON THE AXIS INVASION OF THE SOVIET UNION (FRIGID MARCH EAST, PT. 3)[/sub][/list]

—

[sub]| WARSAW | The invasion of Leningrad was practically a miniature version of what was happening along the entire Eastern Front. The German armies in the north attacked Leningrad in August 1941 as initially planned, but September and October proved to be catastrophic for the German Wehrmacht, and signs of things to come. On 7 September 1941, the German 20th Motorized Division seized Shilsselburg, cutting off all land routes to and from Leningrad. German advances in the south severed the railroads to Moscow and captured the railroad to Murmansk, inaugurating the official start of the full Siege of Leningrad. By this stage, the Chancellor had ordered that Leningrad be fully and utterly destroyed, no prisoners taken. On 9 September, Army Group North began the final push into Leningrad, and within ten days it had advanced within 11 kilometers (6.8 miles) of the city. The final push, however, proved very slow, and casualties on both sides began mounting, but particularly on the Axis side. The Chancellor, impatient, directed that Leningrad now be starved to surrender rather than stormed. Along these lines, the High Command issued Directive No. 0001-1941, which accorded the Chancellor's directive.[/sub]

[sub]Deprived of its primary Panzer armies, which were sent to reinforce Army Group North and Army Group South, Army Group Center remained frozen in its positions and on the defensive as they were subjected to numerous, strong Soviet counterattacks, such as the Yelnya Offensive where the Axis forces suffered their first major defeat since the beginning of the Eastern Campaign. Some called it the beginning of the end for Germany and its allies, who many — even among those within Germany's higher echelons of government — believed was now running out of steam. Others called it a mere break in Germany's successes, with these persons expecting the Axis to capture Moscow by springtime next year. Within the government itself, however, this idea wasn't to be believed, at least to be believed only in public. In a diary entry dated 19 October 1941, General Werner von Blomberg wrote:[/sub]

[list][list][sub]"The [Yelnya] Offensive against AG [Army Group] Centre could be the first initial symptom that our forces are not as impenetrable, as undefeatable as we previously expected. In North Africa, too, our forces under the Nordafrika Korps. The only places we are seeing successes at the current are in the Atlantic, where our U-boat fleets are sinking Allied maritime vessels, above Britain, where we continue to bomb the Allied cities of the United Kingdom to oblivion, and in Greece, where German contingency divisions deployed supported the Italian capture of Athens and other strategic areas there. Whether or not the fall of Athens equates to the fall of Moscow as well, it is hard to tell."

[list]— GEN. WERNER VON BLOMBERG, Staatsminister of the Armed Forces[/sub][/list][/list][/list]

[sub]The Yelnya Offensive prompted the Chancellor to direct for a redirecting of Wehrmacht efforts back to Army Group Center and the push on Moscow, still viewed as the primary target in the Eastern Campaign. In late October, the German High Command directed that the 3rd and 4th Panzer Armies break off from their involvement in the Siege of Leningrad in order to support Army Group Center in its attack on Moscow, the great capital of the Soviet Union.[/sub]

[sub]However, before an attack on Moscow could begin, it was necessary to accomplish all operations in Kiev swiftly and firmly. Half of Army Group Center had swung to the south in the back of the Kiev position, while Army Group South's northern section moved to the north from its Dnieper bridgehead as planned. The encirclement of Soviet forces in Kiev was achieved on 16 September, after a battle ensued in which the Soviets were hammered and practically obliterated, resulting in the surrender of 665,000 Soviet soldiers, according to unverified claims by regional German commanders (in truth only around 220,000 were captured). Despite the exhaustion and losses facing the German units (75% of their men) from the intense fighting, the massive defeat of the Soviets at Kiev and Red Army losses during the first three months of the Eastern Campaign contributed to the German mindset that Operation Typhoon, the planned attack on Moscow, could still succeed with ease.[/sub]

[sub]Operation Typhoon would begin on 30 September 1941, by directive from Berlin. This battle will likely decide the fate of the Soviet Union and whether or not it shall live on to fight another day, or whether it will join its former neighbors France, Poland, Norway and the Low Countries in the list of nations subjugated by Berlin and the rest of the Axis Powers.[/sub]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Swedenn

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paseo, Nevbrejnovitz, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Pontianus, Kotakuan Ii, Ranponian, Great Britain Gb, Puerto Somoza

[list][list]MAY 1941

[sub]Bechuanaland Luncheon[/sub][/list]

[pre] W A R T I M E I N F O R M A L [/pre]

[list][list][sub][pre]

King George VI —

From Canada to the Indian Raj,

from Australia to Nigeria, from

the Caribbean to East Africa —

H.R.H. reigns united an Empire,

Commonwealth, & Allied War Effort.[/pre][/sub][/list][/list]

DOMIMION GATES, BUCKINGHAM PALACE — MORNING

[sub]LONDON, ENGLAND, Great Britain Gb[/sub]

[sub]SOUNDTRACK COMPOSITION — https://voca.ro/1cgd4yxxdsPE[/sub]

[list][list][sub]Through the Dominion Gates comprised of the Canada Gate, the Australia Gate and the South/West Africa Gates, and before the The Queen Victoria Memorial—[/sub][/list][/list]

| —March in the continents of the London HOME GUARD, to take upon their duties at Buckingham Palace. As they continue through the main arch and into the Palace’s courtyard, His Majesty GEORGE VI watches from one of the rooms accent to the centre room of the East Front 1847. |

[list]| GEORGE VI, [sub]H.R.H. The King[/sub] [sup](V.O.)[/sup] | “Their duties began this morning—”[/list]

AIR RAID SHELTER, BUCKINGHAM PALACE — MORNING

[sub]LONDON, ENGLAND, Great Britain Gb[/sub]

| The PRIME MINISTER had walked in steadily, as GEORGE VI stood, wearing his military uniform attire. The PRIME MINISTER was a man of tradition and even in these informal luncheons, leaned down and kissed the hand of the King. |

[list]| WINSTON CHURCHILL, [sub]The Prime Minister[/sub] | “Your Majesty.”

| GEORGE VI, [sub]H.R.H. The King[/sub] | “Prime Minister.”[/list]

| A moment passes and we— |

THE GROUNDS, BUCKINGHAM PALACE — AFTERNOON

[sub]LONDON, ENGLAND, Great Britain Gb[/sub]

[list][list][sub]The Wednesday formal audiences attended in the 1844 had given way to informal luncheons on Tuesday — no staff was present, for only the KING and PRIME MINISTER themselves would be in attendance, freely discussing the affairs of state in a secretive manner.[/sub][/list][/list]

| A small luncheon buffet had been prepared by Staff, whom were nowhere to seen. This tuesday, the luncheon took place outside, there was a light breeze over the gray May sky. The area was propped up against a wall of the palace, in case Air Sirens blared once more, beckoning all to their nearest air raid shelters once more — the two served themselves, the menu this Tuesday was cold lamb, intentionally chilled. |

[list]| GEORGE VI, [sub]H.R.H. The King[/sub] | “—The home guard, arrived rather fittingly today . . . I had the chance to review them upon their arrival, a rather determined lot.”

| WINSTON CHURCHILL, [sub]The Prime Minister[/sub] | “As the rest of your country and empire, Your Majesty.”[/list]

| The PRIME MINISTER was the last to walk back to the small wooden table, although abit having served himself more than the King himself. Something the KING had grown to respect about a Prime Minister he had originally grave concerns about but by now, |

[list]| GEORGE VI, [sub]H.R.H. The King[/sub] | “I quite enjoy these, Winston. Not least that discussions here do go beyond what Government would rather keep from me.”

| WINSTON CHURCHILL, [sub]The Prime Minister[/sub] | “It is an honour, your majesty, a precent not since the days of Queen Anne and Lord Marlborough.”[/list]

| The KING proceeds to place his napkin upon his lap, a signal not only to begin eating, but also to begin the briefing that consisted the most free-expressive dialogues between GEORGE VI and CHURCHILL. |

[list]| WINSTON CHURCHILL, [sub]The Prime Minister[/sub] | “The tide in the Mediterranean, your majesty, continues to ebb and flow, in a near stalement, the defense of Cairo remains the upmost importance. The blitz across the country remains a spectre your countrymen continue to burden.”

| GEORGE VI, [sub]H.R.H. The King[/sub] | “The [London] Times had so clearly declared we’re throwing everything at the Germans but the kitchen sink—“

| WINSTON CHURCHILL, [sub]The Prime Minister[/sub] | “—And Government is prepared to throw that as well, your majesty.”[/list]

| GEORGE VI takes a moment to chuckle at the humor. |

[list]| WINSTON CHURCHILL, [sub]The Prime Minister[/sub] | “Ministry Intelligence gathers a great storm is upon Eastern Europe very shortly, and the Japanese continue their plight upon the Chinese and their eyes continue to shift towards our Imperial holdings and the rest of Free Asia.

| GEORGE VI, [sub]H.R.H. The King[/sub] | “Well it can’t all be bad, Prime Minister.”[/list]

| The PRIME MINISTER grumbles a bit, before nodding. |

[list]| WINSTON CHURCHILL, [sub]The Prime Minister[/sub] | “Not all your majesty, the Americans continue to ramp up their Lend-Lease, weaponry and their financial doors continue to broaden, and Government now considers more methods to solidify American support, even if Roosevelt remains plagued by that rampant nonsensical isolationism that permeates their society.”

| GEORGE VI, [sub]H.R.H. The King[/sub] | “I’ve been told that aviator hero [sup][Charles Lindbergh][/sup] was David’s [sup][Edward VIII][/sup] favorite for a potential Republican nomination last year.”

| WINSTON CHURCHILL, [sub]The Prime Minister[/sub] | “Rumors probably, your Majesty, but concerning as they are, whether true or not — Stephenson had ensured Willkie’s victory, should Roosevelt had faltered last November.”[/list]

[list][list][pre]Only American involvement could turn the tide of the war in favor of the United Kingdom, and both Berlin and London understood it. And so the campaigns to influence the US election began in both countries. In May 1940, CHURCHILL had just recently taken office as Prime Minister when he appointed WILLIAM STEPHENSON, a free-lance agent, to lead the fledgling North American operation. One of Canada's most celebrated military heroes and innovators of the 20th century was STEPHENSON, who was also one of the wealthiest men in the world. On the 21st of June, 1940, he opened his New York City storefront in Rockefeller Center. 'British Security Coordination' was the name given to the group he established in Room 3603 . . . During the Republican Party's convention in Philadelphia, STEPHENSON won a significant victory . . . It was clear that the British admired FDR since he was already lobbying to enhance aid to the UK before the outbreak of World War II. Just to be safe, the British pushed for the nomination of a Republican who shared their views . . . Indiana’s WENDELL WILLKIE was the sole Republican contender with a pro-British platform. He was clearly the underdog when he entered the convention . . . Then Market Analysis, Inc., a polling company, released a survey. It was said that 60 percent of the delegates wanted to assist the United Kingdom. The New York Herald published the findings, and WILLIAM ALLEN WHITE, a syndicated columnist with sway over the party's grassroots, argued that it was now evident that the other contenders were out of touch. As a surprise to both the party and the country, WILLKIE was selected as the nominee . . . Market Analysis, Inc., a British-based company, was discovered decades after the end of World War II.[/pre][/list][/list]

[list]| GEORGE VI, [sub]H.R.H. The King[/sub] | “It is not political of me to say, that I was pleased to see his re-election?”

| WINSTON CHURCHILL, [sub]The Prime Minister[/sub] | “On the contrary, it’s a patriotic venture to think so, Your Majesty.”[/list]

| GEORGE VI nods a bit, with a soft smile before setting his knife and fork down for a moment, before remarking— |

[list]| GEORGE VI, [sub]H.R.H. The King[/sub] | “The East African front remains in an unsettled armistice, does it not, Prime Minister?”

| WINSTON CHURCHILL, [sub]The Prime Minister[/sub] | “It does, your Majesty. A front placated from the scourge that engulfs the world in our current day.”

| GEORGE VI, [sub]H.R.H. The King[/sub] | “. . . I have been considering a trip to our Commonwealth brethren in South Africa and I find—”[/list]

| But the PRIME MINISTER interrupted, grumblingly with a flabbergasted tone, raising his voice slightly. |

[list]| WINSTON CHURCHILL, [sub]The Prime Minister[/sub] | “His Majesty will not!”

| GEORGE VI, [sub]H.R.H. The King[/sub] | “Winston?”

| WINSTON CHURCHILL, [sub]The Prime Minister[/sub] | “His Majesty recalls the importance of his stature here in Buckingham, here in London. A symbol to the entire country and empire of our resolve to turn the tide of German aggression—”[/list]

| The KING had let the PRIME MINISTER conclude his rambling-like opposition, but 10 Downing Street had reason, and the same advise given to a proposal to move the PRINCESSES’ to Canada — it was rejected upon the understanding it would dampen moral. |

[list]| WINSTON CHURCHILL, [sub]The Prime Minister[/sub] | “—The South Africans and by extension Rhodesians know Your Majesty's is with them, from here, London.”[/list]

| The KING lets a slight sigh before moving to light a cigarette, a habit of his. |

[list]| GEORGE VI, [sub]H.R.H. The King[/sub] | “Surely some display or gesture is in store for Pretoria—”

| WINSTON CHURCHILL, [sub]The Prime Minister[/sub] | “—Indeed there shall be, your majesty. Government had not planned to inform until consensus was reached on negotiations within Government, there is no doubt Pretoria will accept.”

| GEORGE VI, [sub]H.R.H. The King[/sub] | “And what consensus and gesture is that, Winston?”

| WINSTON CHURCHILL, [sub]The Prime Minister[/sub] | “The Bechuanaland protectorate.”[/list]

____________

𝟭𝟬 𝗗𝗼𝘄𝗻𝗶𝗻𝗴 𝗦𝘁𝗿𝗲𝗲𝘁 𝗱𝗶𝘀𝗽𝗮𝘁𝗰𝗵𝗲𝘀 𝗮𝗻 𝗶𝗻𝘃𝗶𝘁𝗮𝘁𝗶𝗼𝗻 𝘁𝗼 𝘁𝗵𝗲 𝗗𝗼𝗺𝗶𝗻𝗶𝗼𝗻 𝗚𝗼𝘃𝗲𝗿𝗻𝗺𝗲𝗻𝘁

𝗼𝗳 𝗦𝗼𝘂𝘁𝗵 𝗔𝗳𝗿𝗶𝗰𝗮 𝗼𝗻 𝘁𝗵𝗲 𝗴𝗶𝗳𝘁 𝘁𝗿𝗮𝗻𝘀𝗳𝗲𝗿 𝗼𝗳 𝘁𝗵𝗲 𝗕𝗲𝗰𝗵𝘂𝗮𝗻𝗮𝗹𝗮𝗻𝗱 𝗽𝗿𝗼𝘁𝗲𝗰𝘁𝗼𝗿𝗮𝘁𝗲 𝗳𝗼𝗿

𝗯𝗼𝘁𝗵 𝗪𝗮𝗿𝘁𝗶𝗺𝗲 𝗮𝗻𝗱 𝗖𝗼𝗺𝗺𝗼𝗻𝘄𝗲𝗮𝗹𝘁𝗵/𝗘𝗺𝗽𝗶𝗿𝗲 𝗳𝗿𝗶𝗲𝗻𝗱𝘀𝗵𝗶𝗽 𝗽𝘂𝗿𝗽𝗼𝘀𝗲𝘀.

𝗔 𝗦𝗼𝘂𝘁𝗵 𝗔𝗳𝗿𝗶𝗰𝗮𝗻 𝗱𝗲𝗹𝗲𝗴𝗮𝘁𝗶𝗼𝗻 𝗶𝘀 𝗶𝗻𝘃𝗶𝘁𝗲𝗱 𝘁𝗼 𝗟𝗼𝗻𝗱𝗼𝗻.

Nonador, Paramountica, Rutannia, Paseo, Nevbrejnovitz, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Otsla, Pontianus, Meexico, Kotakuan Ii, Ranponian, Vancouver Straits, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance

Post self-deleted by Meexico.

Post self-deleted by Meexico.

[list][sup]

(Kuomintang) Republic of China / (國民黨)中華民國

[/sup]

CHIANG KAI-SHEK TAKES A NEW COURSE

蔣 介 石 走 新 路 線

[sub]October of 1941 | 1941 年 10 月

[/sub]

[list]

[sub]

All must be done to save China | 必須盡一切努力拯救中國:[/sub]

[sub]Only with the complete support of China, Japan, and the United States can a lasting peace be achieved in the Pacific region. While the other two sat in a corner whispering, one of the three, China, grew more and more worried about being betrayed by the others. [/sub]

[sub]It's been on Chungking's mind for weeks now that Hull and Nomura have been talking. It was a few weeks back that Generalissimo Chiang Kai-shek summoned the United States ambassador to his Yangtze bluffs hideaway and begged for information. Because he lacked any, Ambassador Gauss was unable to say anything. Chinese radio operators strained to hear a word about China or the Pacific when President Roosevelt announced that the U.S. Navy would sink any Volk raider harassing shipping in the western Atlantic. They didn't hear anything. In response to reports that the U.S. was considering Japanese claims to north and central China in exchange for peace in the Pacific, Chungking censors suppressed Washington dispatches. [/sub]

[sub]There was nothing to be concerned about for the Chinese. Knowing that the United States would not deal with Japan on Japan's unbalanced terms, they should have known better. The prospect of a deal seemed as far as the moon. It took more than rationality to keep people in China's stance. They'd huddled in caves for four years, journeyed tens of thousands of miles, endured hunger and cold, fought, and eventually died. They convinced themselves, angrily, that not even a friendly force could take away what they had fought for. Washington's diplomacy pounded China's psyche while Japanese forces hammered Changsha. [/sub]

[sub]It was extremely upsetting to allies of the U.S. in Chinese councils to see this war of nerves. However, there is a small but vocal group of government officials who have long advocated for a closer relationship between China and Germany. China's destiny has always been in the hands of the democratic nations, Chiang Kai-shek has claimed for decades. If Russia is completely defeated, however, Germany and China will be next door neighbors. To save China from the Japanese, Chiang Kai-shek would make a deal with the devil. [/sub]

[sub]只有中日美三方全力支持,太平洋地区才能实现持久和平。就在另外两人坐在角落里窃窃私语的时候,三人中的一个华夏却越来越担心被别人出卖了。[/sub]

[sub]赫尔和野村一直在谈论这件事,重庆已经想了好几个星期了。几周前,蒋介石委员长召集美国大使到他位于长江断崖的隐蔽处,请求提供信息。因为缺什么,高斯大使也无话可说。当罗斯福总统宣布美国海军将击沉任何在西大西洋骚扰航运的沃尔克袭击者时,中国的无线电操作员紧张地听到有关中国或太平洋的消息。他们什么也没听到。有报道称,美国正在考虑日本对中国北部和中部的主权以换取太平洋的和平,重庆审查员压制了华盛顿的消息。[/sub]

[sub]对中国人来说没有什么可担心的。知道美国不会以日本不平衡的条件与日本打交道,他们应该更清楚。达成协议的前景似乎遥遥无期。让人们站在中国的立场上,需要的不仅仅是理性。他们在山洞里蜷缩了四年,跋涉了数万里,忍受了饥饿和寒冷,战斗,最终死去。他们愤怒地说服自己,即使是友军也无法夺走他们为之奋斗的目标。华盛顿外交重创中国,日军重创长沙。[/sub]

[sub]看到这场神经战,中国议会中的美国盟友极为不安。然而,有一小部分政府官员长期以来一直主张加强中德关系。几十年来,蒋介石一直声称,中国的命运一直掌握在民主国家手中。然而,如果俄罗斯被彻底击败,德国和中国将成为隔壁邻居。为了从日本人手中拯救中国,蒋介石会与魔鬼做交易。[/sub]

[sub]

[/sub]

🇹🇼 🇹🇼 🇹🇼

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Swedenn

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Rutannia, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Great Britain Gb, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance, Maziya

RENEWED PURSUIT OF INSURGENTS YIELDS VARYING RESULTS

[list][sup]PRINCE PAUL’S THREEFOLD CONSEQUENCES

YUGOSLAVIA—AUTUMN 1941[/sup][/list]

The renewal of the Yugoslavian secret police has clearly born fruit in defending the rule of the regent Prince Paul against the bitter opposition that has emerged against him, most chiefly among communist ‘partisans’. Hoping to drive their leader and mythic figure, Josip Broz Tito, out of Slovenia—the language of which the legendary partisan speaks most preferentially, and where he was found and wounded in October—and with help from the Estado Novo’s intelligence community, the VOS newly leveraged Slovene anti-communist movements, including the previously mentioned Slovene Covenant and the Straža v viharju (“Sentinel in the Tempest”) society of the late Anton Korošec, into becoming effective informants for the Yugoslav government against the communist rebels. By the end of November, the once-elusive Slovene communist insurgents Edvard Kardelj and Boris Kidrič had been found and killed in the countryside, and rumors of Tito flowed out of Slovenia southward through the Dinaric Alps. As the year neared its end, the communist movement of the country’s northwest had been nearly decapitated of its major figures and languished in a lack of leadership.

[list][sub]“The deaths of Edvard Kardelj and Boris Kidrič are triumphant news for the people of the Drava Banovina. Their red terror has finally been quelled by the heroic efforts of the Yugoslav police, whom they forced to fight to the death, and with them dies months of communist chaos thrust upon the noble and beautiful inhabitants of that region . . .”

— Prime Minister Dragiša Cvetković, November 1941[/sub][/list]

The consequences of this persecution were not so one-sided in favor of the regency, however. Though the Prince’s actions themselves were not broadly criticized—anyone who truly opposed them was no longer in the public but instead in the shadows of the partisan movement—they had given the communists an enormous amount of publicity as Paul and Prime Minister Dragiša Cvetković tried to give themselves an image of stability by announcing the latest uprootings of communists. In the lands of Serbs and Croats, communist numbers swelled as Tito and his followers put on—with increasing success—an image of themselves fighting tyrannical authority for the liberation of the common people, and whenever a government official spoke the names of partisans it only added to their mythos. Another unfortunate consequence was that in collaborating with Slovene anti-communist movements—virtually all of which were also fervently nationalist—the government had quietly legitimized groups such as the Slovene Covenant and Sentinel in the Tempest, both of whom earnestly sought Slovene independence. It was, in a sense, a deal with devils.

With Boris Furlan’s London-based Committee for an Independent Slovenia gaining foreign support and even noticeable funding, the specter of Slovene nationalism—much harder to root out than the bolder, redder communists—thus increasingly haunted western Yugoslavia as the Slovene Covenant and Sentinel in the Tempest were strengthened in their resolve. Yugoslavism was simply taking too long to grip the people as a serious national identity: by 1941, just 4% of the country identified as Yugoslav over the traditional Serb, Croat, Slovene and so on. Whether the South Slavs of Europe would ever call themselves Yugoslav with one voice was increasingly in question.

Nonador, Paramountica, Yarosluv, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Great Britain Gb, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance, Islahh

[list][list]UMHLABA WABANTU | IN ZULU

DIE BANTOEWERELD | IN AFRIKAANS

ILIZWE LABANTU | IN XHOSA

THE BANTU WORLD | IN ENGLISH[pre]

10 JUNE — 1941[/pre]

____________[/list][/list]

[list][pre]Diversity in thought and view Strengthens the People[/pre][sub][pre]Dependable Source of News and Current Events from Across the Dominion[/pre][/sub][/list]

[list][list]____________

[pre] [/pre]

[pre]SOUTH AFRICAN DELEGATION, LED BY DEPUTY PREMIER JBM HERTZOG RETURNS FROM LONDON – A TRIUMPHANT SOUTH AFRICA ‘REWARDED’ BY THE CROWN WITH AN EXPANSION OF ITS DOMINION;[/pre][pre] [/pre][/list][/list]

[list][sub]| CAPE TOWN — Before a packed chamber of the House of Assembly of South Africa, Deputy PM JBM. Hertzog formally announced that South Africa’s petition for the integration of the Bechuanaland Protectorate into the Dominion of South Africa had been approved in London. Returning from an official visit by a South African delegation, Hertzog successfully negotiated the transfer of administration with Prime Minister Winston Churchill of Great Britain, marking yet another shift in the prestige of South Africa. Rumors swirled that His Majesty had motioned for a State Visit to South Africa, but the ongoing war effort made such a visit impossible at the moment. Instead, the South African petition, which had been pending review for years, was finally taken up by the government and put forward before the Commons for a vote. Now approved, the Dominion of South Africa, at-last, grows to encompass the area once known as “Greater South Africa” by Imperial Advocates, and “Azania” by members of the African National Congress and other native advocacy organizations.[/sub]

[sub]With the addition of Swaziland and Basutoland, and now Bechuanaland, the Dominion of South Africa has entered a new era of existence – as exclaimed by many scholars and observers. Having united it’s geographic region, South African policy makers have been given an opportunity to further strengthen the pillars of a true multicultural society as even some Unionists suggest that the time may soon be approaching for South Africa to stand on it’s own after having dedicated so much of its resources and manpower towards the defense of the Empire.[/sub]

[list][pre]”This ‘second Great War’ has changed so much of what topics are anathema and what others are worthy of discussion. Three years ago, to suggest that South Africa should seek a greater level of autonomy would be political suicide, but after nearly a decade of intensional social reform to integrate the black South African native population into the citizenry, and rebuff the tide of white supremacy, the possibility of independence for Azania seems less like a pipe dream and more like a merited policy position… I foresee this topic growing in prominence as we look forward to the next election cycle.. but today we have a war to fight.”[/pre][sub]— Dr. AB Xuma, Deputy Prime Minister (Minister of Internal Affairs) and ANC Leader[/sub][/list]

[sub]Tempering the excitement that military Victory and Expansion brings, spokesman for the Prime Minister indicated to the press corps that South Africa remains loyal and committed to the Crown - and that the integration of these new territories will bring about swift, needed, change but not at the expense of South African values.[/sub]

[sub]On another front, Members of Parliament voted in favor of a bill authorizing the creation of new Offices of Geologic Surveys and Mineral Discovery for Basutoland, Swaziland, and Bechuanaland with the express purpose of immediately beginning a general geologic survey of the territories. With a fledgling Diamond mining industry in Bechuanaland, and Asbestos and Coal industries in Basutoland and Swaziland, the government hopes to spur a new wave of economic investment from the private sector to further support the war effort, and the economic growth of South Africa into the future. Appointing geologists E.J. Wayland and C.B.E. to lead these new offices within the Ministry of Public Works under supervision of D.S. Metcalfe serving as General Surveyor of South Africa and Chairman of the Geological and Archaeology Commission of South Africa.[/sub]

[sub]Whatever lay in store, God Save the King, Nkosi sikelela iAfrika.[/sub]

[/list]

____________

[pre] [/pre][spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Al-Yemen

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Asgerland

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Czabalkia

Enchanted Oasis

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Le Rochelle

Merigould

Mesuvia

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Israelli

Persiaa

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Russian Kongo

Rutannia

Saldat

Somerania

Swedenn

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

The Galla

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Yarosluv, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Ranponian, Nileia, Great Britain Gb, Vancouver Straits, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance

New factbook in anticipation of the Cold War: The People's Chamber of the GDR, or, Volkskammer der DDR

https://www.nationstates.net/page=dispatch/id=1717922

Nonador, Paramountica, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Osivoii, Otsla, Ranponian, Great Britain Gb, Vancouver Straits, Puerto Somoza

Nonador, Canovia, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Philanialle, Otsla, Pontianus, Kotakuan Ii, Ranponian, Vancouver Straits, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance

UNREST BEYOND SLOVENIA: NATIONALIST THOUGHT IN THE ‘UNHAPPY KINGDOM’

[list][sup]THE TROUBLE WITH FORGETTING ETHNICITY

YUGOSLAVIA—AUTUMN 1941[/sup][/list]

In previous discussions, nationalism in the Drava Banovina—home of the Slovenes—has been placed beside communism as one of the great existential threats to the Kingdom of Yugoslavia and the regency of Prince Paul. However, it did not stand isolated. The Slovenes had a particularly well-organized nationalist movement with a lengthy history, indeed, but they were not alone in their desire to be free of Belgrade. Croats lived in a special indignance for their political situation, having also been forever denied a government of their own. To them, Zagreb—the chiefest of the Croat cities—deserved to be its own national capital, and the Serb aristocracy was not fit to see over Croat lands. Just as Slovenes dreamt of a land called Slovenia, Croats yearned for a Croatia and had been quick to take up protesting against the government to advocate for it. Earlier in 1941, Yugoslav repression against Slovene nationalists bled into Croatia, where fiery demonstration sin Zagreb led to confrontations with police officers. Together, the criticism of Slovenes and Croats of a Yugoslavia run by Serbs contributed to an increasingly popular nickname for Yugoslavia: ‘the unhappy kingdom’.

[list][sub]“The kingdom was formed on 1 December 1918. . . . Immediately it became clear that the union was not a happy one. Many Croats especially resented it, because they felt they had exchanged the domination of Vienna for that of Serbian Belgrade. Kosovo’s Albanian population was restive too. Albanians were not Slavs and were bitter that Kosovo had not been able to join the newly independent Albania . . . Macedonian nationalists also resented the new state.”

— Balkans expert and writer Tim Judah, 2011[/sub][/list]

However, Slovene and Croat nationalism was not the nickname’s only source. Beyond Macedonian nationalism, which had slowly begun to stir in the 1930s, another woke. Indeed, perhaps the most unusual inclusion in the union of Yugoslavia was that of the Kosovars. Near to ethnic Albanians, the inhabitants of Kosovo were not even Slavic altogether; to be included in a nation whose name means ‘land of South Slavs’ was, to them, bizarre and embittering. When independent Albania sprung forth in 1912, the Kosovars sought inclusion but were eventually held back by the Serbs. Culturally and ethnically distinct from all Yugoslav groups around them, their voices grew louder alongside the others as the 1940s began. It should be noted, however, that while nationalism stirred in all of the Yugoslav republics, it was not yet fatal in each—nationalists were often looked down on as agitators—but grew nonetheless and, if left unchecked, might one day lead to something beyond just protesting. In truth, an Axis invasion of Yugoslavia might have served to unite Yugoslavia in some form, even if it looks radically different than it does now—now that the country was spared, however, it was left to sit and examine the birth defects that came with it.

Nonador, Yarosluv, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Pontianus, Kotakuan Ii, Ranponian, Metropolitan Francais, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance

Nonador, Paramountica, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Victoria Harbor, Pontianus, Ranponian, Metropolitan Francais, Puerto Somoza

[list][sub]NOVEMBER 1941[/sub]

[sub]The Walküre-Koalition[/sub][/list]

[list]| [sub]DIE WALKÜRE-KOALITION (VALKYRIE COALITION) IST FÜHREND BEI DER ORGANISATION DER EVAKUIERUNG UND UNTERBRINGUNG VON FLÜCHTLINGEN AUS DEUTSCHLAND IN DEN USA.[/sub]

[sub]| THE WALKÜRE-KOALITION (VALKYRIE COALITION) LEADS EFFORTS TO ORGANIZE THE EVACUATION AND HOUSING OF REFUGEES FROM GERMANY IN THE U.S.[/sub][/list]

—

[sub]| NEW YORK, U.S.A. | On the 2nd of December, 1937, Konrad Adenauer, of the Centre Party, and Kurt Schumacher, of the Social Democratic Party (SPD), spoke jointly before the American and global press announcing the establishment of the VERBANTE OPPOSITION (VO), or the Exiled Opposition in English. Formed from the remnants of the Centre and SPD party leaderships who had fled arrest and prison in Germany after the rise of the Volkist government of the new Chancellor, the VO was organized to serve as the primary opposition-in-exile against the German Staat's new government. The outbreak of the so-called 'Second Great War' came as now surprise to many within the VO, and despite financial and political restraints thanks to the lack of a foothold by the opposition in mainland Germany, the VO organized efforts to evacuate refugees. The pressure on minorities within the Staat continued to grow and as such the exodus of these minorities outside, primarily to the United Kingdom and the United States, began to grow tremendously.[/sub]

[list][list][sub]"At the present, in our current state, we are unable to commit any meaningful resistance against the Chancellor's government in Berlin. However, at the very least, we can contribute to saving hundreds of families, countless sons and daughters, and even more fathers and mothers, all those who are threatened by the dark shadow of the Volkist government. It is our duty, our commitment to our country, even if they have turned their backs on and shunned us to the side."

[list]— KURT SCHUMACHER, Leader of the German Social Democrats[/sub][/list][/list][/list]

[sub]In early 1941, as the storm of Volkism continued to rattle Europe to its core, and as fears of a German invasion of Russia continued to grow, the VO convened in its Fourth Annual Convention at the Hotel Astor in New York, the former headquarters. Indeed, the VO had moved into new offices elsewhere in New York with the funding provided by opposition groups, wealthy civilians, and the German-American community, but the Astor was decided upon as the meaning place thanks to its historical importance to the organization. The Fourth Annual Convention confirmed the name change of the Verbante Opposition to the Walküre-Koalition, or the Valkyrie Coalition, in English. The name change was done after communication was made with an underground group of German officers and commanders under the joint name of VALKYRIE, who held sympathy for the opposition and had become disillusioned with the Chancellor's government, believing it to be too ambitious, too soon.[/sub]

[sub]Despite rocky conditions plaguing the German mainland, from the start of the war to the present, the VO had been heavily involved in leading efforts to organize the evacuation and subsequent housing of German refugees fleeing the mainland for the United States, primarily. Tens of thousands of members of the minorities fled especially after the Polish Campaign from September to October of 1939, when over 40,000+ civilians fled Germany, dodging prosecution and potential arrest and execution. The VO with funding sourced from supporters, donors and allies all over the Allied Powers secured transport and security for these civilians, and upon their arrival in the United States assisted them in gaining asylum and temporary right to reside in the United States. The works of the VO would go relatively unnoticed, with only an article on it here and there, but never any major press coverage of their operations, as asked for by the VO's leadership, composed by now primarily of Adenauer and Schumacher, who had gone from political rivals in the late 1920s to early 1930s to close friends and allies.[/sub]

[sub]Even as the invasion of the Soviet Union, most likely doomed to failure, continues, the Koalition (WaK) continues to work to evacuate refugees and civilians. Among the key players in these efforts to evacuate was a German-Jewish professor of theoretical mathematics, by the name of Hermann Adler. He had fled for New York in 1934 with his wife, Moira, and his young daughter, Elizabeth, for their safety to avoid persecution by the new Volkist regime. Adler joined the Koalition in 1939, shortly after the war began, and would go on to be appointed to head the committee overseeing the evacuation organization efforts. Through this Adler would not only be helping and serving his country, even if its backs were turned to them, he would also be establishing himself a foothold in the opposition, perhaps useful when the time comes.[/sub]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Swedenn

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Philanialle, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Metropolitan Francais, Puerto Somoza

[list][list][list][pre]RÉPUBLIQUE FRANÇAISE

FRENCH BUREAUCRACY

MINISTÈRE DE LA GUERRE[/pre][/list]

______

MINISTRY OF WAR: LIFE UNDER OCCUPATION AND THE RESISTANCE

[sub]FREE FRANCE & VICHY FRANCE | PARIS, NOVEMBER 1941 [/sub][/list]

[sub]| HELM OF WARFARE, TROISIÈME RÉPUBLIQUE - | For the average French citizen, life under occupation in the Vichy regime seemed to carry on for the most part unchanged. Bombed out buildings that had been reduced to piles of rubble and ash had begun to be cleared along with major roadways. With the hungry German war machine still churning, food and basic amenities had become a little hard to come by, but were still somewhat available for the right price. The Germans themselves had began to make several changes throughout Paris, setting up Volk party headquarters and office buildings along with some military infrastructure in order to defend their conquered lands from an allied invasion. The Germans had also started early on with rounding up undesirable dissidents and transporting them to camps or simply outright shooting them in the streets, especially in situations of noncompliance. The wealthiest of French aristocrats remained comfortable, attending Volkist party balls and lathering up the German occupier's with fine wines, liquors, and other leisurely pleasures. [/sub]

[sub]However not all French people found the Germans to be a welcomed guest. For most Frenchmen and women alike, the German occupation was a menace and a parasite to behold. So much so that several cells of a much larger and somewhat well organized French resistance had formed all over occupied France. The Resistance would utilize the dreaded Paris catacombs to hideout and serve as a planning headquarters for operations against the Germans. They had began to target German supply line convoys and make several attempts towards assassinating some of the Wehrmacht's top brass. Some of those attempts had been successful, thereby gaining the Resistance a formidable reputation. It had been General Charles de Gaulle's explicit orders to disrupt German operations as much as possible in order to make an allied invasion more of a possibility. Thus far the French Forces of the Interior (FFI); the official name for the Resistance forces in France, had gathered significant intelligence regarding the German positioning throughout France which had been relayed back to London. [/sub]

[sub]A vast majority of France's factory workers had gone on strike. With 81% of the miners employed by the national coal mining company, Charbonnages de France, being on strike, deliveries of coal to German industrial plants supporting the war effort had been drastically slowed. The French Forces of the Interior had been ordered to plant explosives near German outposts and Volkist party headquarters. French artist had began to create iconic Free France propaganda posters which would be printed by clandestine press groups and posted all throughout France. The guerilla warfare tactics of the Resistance would hopefully serve to cause panic and disorganization amongst the German army. General de Gaulle also hoped that the persistency of FFI attacks on the Germans would ease the number of German troops being deployed towards the Eastern front and give the Russian's a small break. Gaining courage and inspiration from General Charles de Gaulle's radio broadcasted messages, the Resistance and French people would keep pushing on in hopes of France's eventual liberation. |[/sub]

[list]______[/list]

[list][list][pre]VIVE LA RÉPUBLIQUE!

VIVE LA FRANCE!

VIVE L’EMPIRE![/pre][/list][/list]

[list][spoiler=[sub]𝐄𝐌𝐁𝐑𝐀𝐂𝐄 𝐂𝐎𝐋𝐎𝐍𝐈𝐀𝐋𝐈𝐒𝐌

𝐂𝐎𝐌𝐌𝐎𝐍𝐖𝐄𝐀𝐋𝐓𝐇 𝐎𝐅 𝐋𝐈𝐁𝐄𝐑𝐓𝐘[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Alzarikstan

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayside

Bescania

Canovia

Cascadla

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kotakuan Ii

Maziya

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Osivoiii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Paseo

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Sudesam

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

Zabrowka

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Yarosluv, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Pontianus, Ranponian, Vancouver Straits, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance, Islahh

GIVE BRITAIN A BITE!

November 1941

Rhodesia's new slogan for the home-front "Give Britain a bite!" has been spread throughout the Nation on posters and through the radio. Aimed at making Rhodesians decrease their daily intake by around 10% the ultimate goal of this policy is to redirect the foodstuffs gained by conducting said reduction to ship to Britain instead where rationing is extreme. A Special Government taskforce on Nutrition has posted multiple booklets and directions for how to best achieve nutrition and the required calories while also leaving the most sought after goods ready for transfer to Britain. Meats are the main target of the Campaign as not only are vegetables and cereals more abundant in Rhodesia but they are under the most strict rationing laws within Britain. In fact the weekly ration of meat was only 220 grams, and for things such as cheese only 60 grams were permitted.

By conducting this new campaign and entirely removing restrictions on vegetables (such as the sales tax placed upon it) it is estimated that Rhodesia nationally can increase its export of Beef from just over 1.25 million tons (5,700,000 weekly rations) to 1.4 million tons (6,360,000 weekly rations), most of which is shipped by train to South Africa and then onwards to Britain. Much of the exported Beef is actually retained in South Africa as they too have faced meat shortages owing to the war effort. Tea which is rationed to around 57 grams per week within Britain has also been the target of the campaign, with shipments estimated to increase from the current 9,000 tons (158,000 weekly rations) per year to a target of 13,000 tons (228,000 weekly rations) thanks to agreements with the Tribal States within which the Federation promised hefty subsidies in exchange for higher shares of production.

To protect this vital lifeline the Nations three Tribal Class Destroyers (including Flagship Salisbury) shall conduct direct voyages from both South Africa and their respective Ports in Mozambique to Docks in Liverpool from which they shall be trickled across Britain. The Fleets two Bittern-class Sloops and four Flower class Corvettes being assigned to protect trade and convoys in the Indian Ocean, the Tribal class Vessels are much more suited to the longer and more dangerous journey to Britain.

Due to the war and associated effects on trade, Rhodesia has had to seriously ramp up production of many goods and materials. In fact it is because of the conflict that already it has become the second largest allied source of Chromium (utilized on Naval Vessels and Trade Ships) in the world along with stunningly become the third largest worldwide producer of Asbestos (behind the U.S.S.R & Canada). Economically the Nation was doubling its efforts, and much fruit was borne to the Country as a result with explosive levels of immigration from both Britain and other Colonies as well as huge increased in Infrastructure spending. Owing additionally to a peak in Gold production reached at the start of the Year 1941 much of the spending by the Government on the war effort was supplemented in exports to gold-hungry America and the Soviet Union.

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Swedenn

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Otsla, Pontianus, Nileia, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance, Islahh

[list]7th November 1941

[sub]Socialist and Cuban Nationalist Militants Infiltrate The Gran Cubana Fuerzas Armadas! [/sub][/list]

[pre]T H E R E D S P E C T R E A N D T H E B L U E T I D E[/pre]

Dirección General de Inteligencia Headquarters

[sub]HAVANA, LA HABANA PROVINCE, Bescania — MIDDAY[/sub]

| In response to increased attempts from the Estado Novo’s GSI and Cuban Dirección General de Inteligencia (DGI) ‘hunt’ for communist, and socialist, members of the Troika de Cuba and Communist Revolutionary Union headed by Blas Roca Caldeiro and Leon Trotsky, members of both the TC and CRU have sought to go on the offensive against such attacks. This has culminated in an extensive operation by Cuban Socialists, and Nationalists, headed by the Troika to infiltrate the Cuban Armed Forces. Under direct orders from the Troika de Cuba, cells within the armed forces will gather intel and knowledge on Cuban Armed Forces operations - particularly classified information between Cuba and her partner countries in the Catholic League to further support intelligence gathering on the GSI. Such intel will surely prove useful for the future success of a Cuban Revolution which the Troika de Cuba wishes to bring to the people. In the midst of a global war, Cuba finds itself still struggling to provide stability to itself under Generalissimo Batista. Despite Batista’s tenure for several years, the country is still in a similar position it found itself in before the military coup. With the arrival of Leon Trotsky, and the formation of the Troika de Cuba, the Cuban government is finding it extremely difficult to suppress the communist militants whilst maintaining an appearance of freedom and non-authoritarianism. However, this may completely shift national policy following the attack. As Batista increasingly allows further Catholic League presence within the country, including the allowance of Estado Novo and Catholic League covert intelligence agencies to operate it has started to beg the question for Cuban Nationalists if Cuba is truly independent in the Catholic League. A small percentage of Cuban citizens have started to believe that the Catholic League is a foreign influencer in Cuba, acting against the nationalist interests that they once supported with the Batista Military Coup. The Troika de Cuba seeks to exploit this to encourage dissent and rebellion from a wider core base, hoping for a red spectre of a uniquely Cuban nationalist and communist amalgamation to arrive within the nation. Not only does Blas Roca Caldeiro now operate in the interests of socialism but a small but growing number of Cuban nationalists. Cuban nationalism is at the heart of this unique socialist movement, with parallels being formed of those who rebelled against Spain in the Cuban War of Independence in 1898. To the Troika de Cuba, the Catholic League is a modern embodiment of the Spanish Empire in Cuban affairs. On the other hand, the Estado Novo's GSI presence within Cuba has provided Generalissimo Batista with reassurance that Cuba will not be alone in the fight against communism within Cuba. He remarked in a meeting with his cabinet that the "blue tide of Catholicism shall sweep the godless socialists irrevocably to the grave like Marx". |

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Swedenn

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Paseo, Nevbrejnovitz, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Philanialle, Osivoii, Otsla, Kotakuan Ii, Vancouver Straits, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance, Sololands

THE CONCORDANCIA DISPATCHES A YOUNG COLONEL TO QUELL THE PATAGONIAN UPRISING

[list][list]August 3rd 1941[/list]

Less than a month after his election, President Castillo already faces an open and armed uprising in the nation. Indeed, the Patagonian Proletarian Front, a Trotskyite organisation of natives, including Mapuche people, Mestizos (mixed people) and disgruntled farmers took the arms after the lack of reaction to the economical crisis happening to the country, one that hurts especially the agricultural sector.

Moreover, with their movement gaining momentum after yet another seemingly fraudulent election, the PPF decided to take the arms openly and move north, gaining support among the farmers of even the Pampas, close to the nation’s capital: Buenos Aires. The lack of resistance by the army, crippled by underfunding and corruption and confined to the capital’s metropolitan area, encouraged a swift movement by the rebels to reach the outskirts of the metropolitan capital.

To face this first major crisis, the President decided to send a promising Colonel, a certain Juan Perón, to go quell the rebellion, or at least attempt to slow it down for the navy and army to consolidate their forces for a final push against the insurgency. Indeed, the forces allocated to this Colonel are too slim to really defeat the rebellion and this move is seem like a way to cleanse the military from too ambitious officers and soldiers, ones that might cause a threat to the established aristocratic order riddled with nepotism.

The Concordancia and its President wish to end this revolt in the next months as the threat of a workers’ uprising grow by the hour, even more since the influx of refugees caused by the War in Europe and their settlements in the city’s ghettos.

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kotakuan Ii

Meexico

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Otsla, Asharken, Pontianus, Kotakuan Ii, Vancouver Straits, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance

[list][list]NOVEMBER 1941

TOKYO, JAPAN — EAST ASIA[/list]

[list][list]大日本帝国は世界でその地位を確立します!

[pre]THE EMPIRE OF JAPAN SETS ITS POSITION IN THE WORLD![/pre][/list][/list]

| Across the Pacific, Special Envoy Mr. SABURU KURURU was preparing to speak with American diplomats in Washington to ask them not to get involved in Japan’s way in the Pacific, Premier Tojo together with Foreign Minister SHIGENORI TOGO declare to the world what is desired by Japan. The two-point are expected to be fulfilled. |

[list][list]i)「第三国は、日本が念頭に置いている中国での成功を妨げてはならない。」

ii)「帝国を取り巻く国々は、東京に対する軍事的脅威でなくなるだけでなく、経済封鎖などの敵対的措置を覆し、日本との経済関係を回復しなければならないだろう。」

[pre]i) “Third Powers must not prevent the successful completion in China that Japan has in mind.”

ii) “Nations surrounding the Empire will not only cease to be a military threat to Tokyo, but will have to overturn imposed hostile measures such as the economic blockade and restore economic relations with Japan.”[/pre][/list][/list]

| Then, without wasting much time, Foreign Minister Togo declared. |

[list][list]私たちが採用している和解行動には限界があります。 今後の外交交渉で時間を無駄にする必要はありません。

[pre]In the conciliatory behavior that we are adopting, there is a limit . . . There is no need to waste time with diplomatic negotiations going forward. [/pre][/list][/list]

| This statement by the Foreign Minister was highlighted by the House of Representatives’ approval of an extraordinary military budget of 3,800,000,000 yen (US$ 874,000,000). Acting with such a posture, the Prime Minister, Foreign Minister and Parliament placed the Empire in the position of a warrior who, if abandoned for any reason, would demand a horrible loss of face and alibis that would have to be masterpieces of Japanese verbalism. The Japanese were foolishly fooling themselves into thinking that the U.S. would back down. |

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kotakuan Ii

Meexico

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Rutannia, Paseo, Nevbrejnovitz, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Pontianus, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance, Maziya

Post self-deleted by Philanialle.

A GENDERLESS STRUGGLE—WOMEN IN YUGOSLAVIA’S FIGHTS FOR INDEPENDENCE

[list][sup]FIGHTING THE REGENCY ARM-IN-ARM

YUGOSLAVIA—WINTER 1941–1942[/sup][/list]

The slant of public discourse regarding the several independence struggles raging in Yugoslavia has so far leaned in favor of the men of those conflicts. However, against these biases, the acts of women have underpinned the movements and strengthened their intensity considerably. In this, several women have—in spite of prejudice—prominently arisen to positions of power and renown among their peers and made strides in the culture of equality in their respective homelands. In Slovenia and Croatia especially, where the fight for self-determination was now burning brightest, several of the most extraordinary figures arose. As follows are some of their stories.

[list][sup]VIDA TOMŠIČ, “Lady of the Tempest” — Vida Tomšič is a Ljubljana-educated lawyer that has become emblematic of Slovenia’s Sentinel in the Tempest movement. Her fame in the movement came only recently, after her graduation from law school, but Tomšič has had a long history of political involvement; though she was at first attracted to the communist movement, her university years led her to be repulsed by the violence of Josip Broz Tito’s partisan rebellion and she turned to the Slovene independence movement as a means of communicating her opposition to the regency of Prince Paul. Also iconic among the related Slovene Covenant movement, whose informants revealed the location of Tito to the Yugoslav police, she has developed a reputation of unyielding resolve and contagious passion that have led the Slovene independence activists at large to name her the ‘Lady of the Tempest’. Though she resents violence, she has been unafraid to participate in energetic and often uproarious demonstrations. She maintains a close correspondence with Croat independence activist Anka Berus, though her fiery displays have strained her relationship with the more reasoned, intellectual movement for autonomy spawned by Angela Vode and her colleagues.[/sup][/list]

[list][sup]ANKA BERUS, “The Steel Croat” — The Croats’ independence movement is not as well-organized as the Slovene one and has a thinner history. Anka Berus, the Steel Croat, nearly makes up for all of it. She has emerged as an iron-hearted leader in the movement to create a Croat state after being expelled from teaching at a high school due to her nationalistic rhetoric. Absolutely unbending in her principles, she has long opposed the ‘fascist tyranny’ of the Serb monarchy over Croat lands, seeing the two countries as similar but ‘irreparably distinct’ in the matter of nationhood. Another activist originally attracted to communism but repelled by it in some form or another, she found Tito’s partisan insurgency to be too shadowy and cowardly—Berus prefers standing high in the squares of Zagreb, rallying the masses for a cause she knows is right. She was a chief instigator in the protests in Zagreb in the summer of 1941 and has corresponded often with Vida Tomšič concerning the unity of Slovene and Croat women in the pursuit of liberation from the authority of Belgrade.[/sup][/list]

[list][sup]ANGELA VODE — Deeply intellectual and profoundly influential, Angela Vode is a Slovene teacher of the mentally disabled and a prolific author on the matter of human rights. Firmly opposed to extremism, Vode had adopted a moderate liberal stance that includes, among many other things, the peaceful dissolution of Yugoslavia into full, self-determining democracies. Her chiefest policy, however, is that women must play an absolutely equitable role in such a transformation. Her keystone work, Spol in usodaGender and Destiny”) outlined her vision for female participation in academia, politics, and all other circles of upper society. Between 1927 and 1937, she was the highly respected president of the Ženski pokret (“Women’s Society”) of Slovenia and continues to serve in prestigious positions in public advocacy. Though she at first saw communism as a way to establish equality and Slovene autonomy, she quickly became disillusioned as the Soviet Union conquered abroad and the followers of Tito sprung up in a violent, stealthy insurgency in Yugoslavia. She has since championed her own Žene za neovisnost (“Women for Independence”) group in Slovenia and is the foremost partner of Boris Furlan’s London-based Committee for an Independent Slovenia among feminist activists.[/sup][/list]

Nonador, Paramountica, Yarosluv, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Philanialle, Otsla, Asharken, Pontianus, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance

Post self-deleted by Maziya.

| December, 1941 |

[list][list][list][list][list]Second Republic of Turkey

İkinci Türkiye Cumhuriyeti

[/list][/list][/list][/list][/list]

[list][list][list][list]Founding of the Turkish Confederation of Businessmen and Industrialists

Türkiye İşadamları ve Sanayiciler Konfederasyonu'nun Kuruluşu[/list][/list][/list][/list]

Several months ago, it was discussed amongst special interest groups and businessmen alike, a new relationship between business and governance due to the fallout of the civil war and problems in reconstruction. Several companies had lost footholds in the national economy due to their executives having had socialist leanings and sympathies throughout the war, and having withheld information regarding funneling of weapons to the ARA and other leftist groups during that time.

This resulted in the government and other nationalist minded businessmen to establish the Türkiye İşadamları ve Sanayiciler Konfederasyonu (TUSKON), as a defensive measure against further manipulation of the economy against leftist elements. Some Confederation executives took examples for their manifesto from Portuguese Corporatism, which has managed to not only drive the Portuguese economy from the market crash of several years ago, but propel them into the position of one of the leading economic powerhouses of the world. The formation of TUSKON was headed by the Turkish business group Borusan Holding A.Ş., headquartered in Istanbul, and heavily in support of the National government. Businesses such as Borusan Holding A.Ş., as well as TÜLOMSAŞ (Türkiye Lokomotif ve Motor Sanayi Anonim Şirketi), have been making attempts to find more effective ways of lobbying in the National Assembly to not only further their business ventures, but to prevent another incursion by leftist elements in business and in government.

Refet Bele and the Nation Unity Committee have approved of the formation of the protectionist organization, as well, President Ataturk had come out with a statement in favor of the move, saying it would not only aid in further reconstruction projects, but help Turkey modernize much faster than had previously been anticipated, with the President’s ideological format known as “Kemalism” being the driving force behind this approval. “Turkish Corporatism is the future,” said Prime Minister Inonu after a press briefing outside of his home in Ankara, this coming off of Inonu’s speech in the Nation Assembly the same day regarding debate on potential trade with the German Staat over chromium ore. Many in the assembly had seen the suggestion as not only a potential threat to Turkish relations with the other Western states, but as a provocation for another war with the Soviet Union, which the Republic was far from capable of sustaining in their current state.

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kotakuan Ii

Meexico

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Paseo, Nevbrejnovitz, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Otsla, Asharken, Pontianus, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance, Maziya

THE ‘DECLARATION BY UNITED NATIONS’ EXPLICITLY INCLUDES AN INDEPENDENT SLOVENIA

[list][sup]THE ALLIES BITTERLY SHUN THE REGENCY

WASHINGTON D.C.—WINTER 1941–1942[/sup][/list]

With the Slovene communist movement largely decapitated following the reinforcement of the VOS by Portuguese intelligence personnel, partisan unrest in Yugoslavia now mainly persists in the southern ranges of the Dinaric Alps and the countryside of the Belgrade-adjacent Drina and Drina Banovinas, where it is now said that Josip Broz Tito—or ‘Red Josip’, as Serb royalists have pejoratively termed him—is haunting authorities. In the northern and western Drava and Croatian Banovinas, the great specter haunting Prince Paul was now instead the combined might of the Slovene and Croat independence movements, spearheaded by men and women in a broad movement against the regency. This movement was not confined to Yugoslav borders, however—for years now, notable independence activists living in exile have formed associations abroad to promote the dissolution of the Kingdom. The most popular and well-organized of these was Slovene jurist and Freemason Boris Furlan’s London-based Committee for an Independent Slovenia, which had collected an impressive array of Slovene academicians in the United Kingdom to promote the idea of an independent Slovene democracy called ‘Slovenia’ since Furlan’s flight from Yugoslavia in 1938.

An enormous and unexpected victory came to the movement on New Year’s Day 1942, when Boris Furlan and Miha Krek—the two chief figureheads of the Committee—appeared in Washington D.C. with a fully-fledged Slovene delegation to sign the Allies’ ‘Declaration by United Nations’ in the name of the Slovene independence movement during the Arcadia Conference of December 1941 and January 1942. After years of collaborationism, the Kingdom of Yugoslavia was not invited to the conference, and in a move meant to shun the regent Prince Paul and his Axis-tolerant government, ‘Independent Slovenia’ was explicitly listed on the Declaration between Poland and South Africa. This gesture effectively gave the Slovene independence movement the endorsements of at least the United States and United Kingdom—whose President and Prime Minister both reportedly agreed on the invitation of the Slovenes to the conference—and any powers at the conference who might have endorsed Furlan and Krek. Rippling alongside those countries’ flags was a deep blue banner bearing a white crescent moon and three six-pointed gold stars representing the Counts of Celje; it was an adaptation of the Slovene portion of the royal Yugoslav coat of arms, and represented Independent Slovenia in physical form. Rumors abounded that another flag—a Yugoslav one with a red star in the middle—was meant to fly that day in representation of Josip Broz Tito’s partisan movement, but the embattled Tito either refused to attend the conference, was simply unable to, or was not invited altogether.

The Declaration insisted that all signatories would employ their full might against the Axis and not accept a separate peace with them—it thus remains to be seen if an actual Slovene resistance to collaborationist Yugoslavia will be formed, or whether their inclusion as signatories was merely symbolic. In either case, the royal Yugoslav government was oddly silent about the move, though the Anglophile Prince Paul is reportedly deeply disturbed at having been rejected by the Allied governments and portrayed as a Nazi sympathizer despite sending several private communiqués to western governments elaborating that his actions have been purely out of ‘necessity for the survival of a state of South Slavs’. Regardless of his sorrow at the Allies’ rejection of his government, the inclusion of Furlan and Krek at the Arcadia Conference was itself a worse omen for him; the Conference gave them and their prestigious delegation—made up of fellow Slovene separatists Jože Košiček, Jožko Krošelj, Pavel Masič, Pavle Rant, Rudolf Smersu, Miloš Stare, Angela Vode, and others—an opportunity to rally foreign support for the Slovene independence movement, which was doubtless to soon become much more intense. The regent has now been forced to consider previously unexplored paths—perhaps soon is the time to finally allow the accession of the now-eighteen-year-old Prince Peter to renew his nation’s image, though the regent knew full well that letting his grip on the nation slip would risk an Axis invasion of Yugoslavia.

Nonador, Paramountica, Yarosluv, Paseo, Nevbrejnovitz, Nosautempopulus, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Otsla, Pontianus, Vancouver Straits, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance

COLONEL PERÓN SECRETLY MEETS THE PPF

[list]With the recent fraudulent replacement of President Ortiz by President Castillo, the disgruntled groups that hoped for a change of regime or at least sensible reforms started to mobilize their partisans for a more robust resistance to the Concordancia and possibly an armed insurgency.

Indeed, the Patagonian Proletarian Front, which is a group of natives, Mestizos and farmers that had enough with the aristocratic division and ownership of the land, decided to move from the southern part of the country to the capital in order to force their demands on the government or replace it if it didn’t comply. As the philosophical descendant of the Federación Obrera Regional Argentina (FORA), the first agricultural confederation of Argentina that was crushed in the 1920’s and 1930’s, The PPF has a certain legitimacy to represent its people and will not repeat the mistakes of its predecessors.

The news of a large armed group moving from the south of the country and enlisting more people on the way, mainly poor farmers that also want change, really worried the President and his entourage. Nevertheless, with a possible massive riot happening again in the capital, especially after the bloody repression a month ago, the regime wasn’t ready to dispatch a considerable force without leaving enough troops around the capital in order to secure the heart of the nation and the country’s power. For that mission, the government had decided to send young ambitious officers and soldiers that could pose a threat to the status quo of the Concordancia. The leading officer was Colonel Juan Domingo Perón, a prominent career soldier with progressive political positions. Many in the higher echelon of the chain of command deemed that mission a suicide mission and an easy way to cleanse the ranks of the army of those elements without dirtying the hands of the military of the government… [/list]

***

After a week of preparation and moving his convoy down to the south in order to meet and stop the uprising moving north, Colonel Perón and his expeditionary force finally reached Bahía Blanca, the southernmost littoral major agglomeration of the Buenos Aires Province, bordering the province of Río Negro, controlled by PPF elements coming from the Santa Cruz and Chubut provinces.

After making sure his men had taken positions, Colonel Perón went with a light escort to meet the leaders of the PPF in a secret meeting, wishing to convince them to not fight and listen to his plea.

[list]|Colonel Juan Domingo Perón| "I come in peace, please don’t shoot and listen to my offer. Look, my hands are in the air, I am unarmed and my men won’t shoot you. I’m here to talk and reach an agreement."[/list]

The leaders of the PPF hesitantly approached the Colonel, their men aiming nervously with their hunting rifles (some being even 19th century muskets) at the Colonel and his men.

[list]|Boris Wladimirovich | "Do you think we are dumb? It’s not the first time the authorities try to catch me with such a stupid trap… But, I am willing to listen to you, Señor Perón… Yes, I know you and I know that you are not part of this Concordancia gang of aristocratic elitists and bourgeois pigs. I am Boris Wladimirovich, the voice of my comrades here. Be quick, because the wave of the revolution cannot wait any longer."[/list]

The Colonel approaches the man and shakes his hand, relieved that he might not die today.

[list]|Colonel Juan Domingo Perón| "Well, Mr. Wladimirovich, I’ve heard from you and your escape from Las Mercedes, I didn’t know you were still in the country after a decade… Anyway, you and I don’t want to clash here and die uselessly for the complacent regime in Buenos Aires. They expect me to die fighting you and your movement, weakening you and cleansing their ranks at the same time. Right now they are mobilizing the navy in Campo de Mayo and the bulk of the Army surrounds the capital, ready to finish you off. But, I have another plan, one that will free Argentina from its morosity and bring much needed reforms for the hardworking farmers and workers of this beautiful country."[/list]

Boris nods, as his curiosity increases at each word of the Colonel

[list]|Colonel Juan Domingo Perón| "Without any doubts the conversation we’re having is dangerous and I would end up executed if it was known, but I trust that we can work together on this. Indeed, this plan will lead to the deposition of President Castillo and his clique, but I expect some resistance, especially from the military. I have some collaborators in the higher sphere, and they expect to form a new government if our plan succeeds. Anyway, here’s what we had planned and your crucial participation in it…"[/list]

The Colonel proceeded to explain the plan and as he was explaining, the leader of the rebels interrupted it sometimes to ask questions and voice opposition to some aspects, but overall, the plan seemed solid although dangerous and hazardous in some aspects. In the end, Boris agreed to the terms and asked what was next.

[list]|Colonel Juan Domingo Perón| "Well, in the name of the Republic and its President, you are now under arrest for conspiring to assassinate the President and destabilize the nation…"[/list]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kotakuan Ii

Meexico

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Otsla, Pontianus, Vancouver Straits, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance

Post self-deleted by Paramountica.

| THE KURDISH REPUBLIC - KOMARA KURDÎ |

Kurdistan Implements Land Reform, Barzani Cements Power

January, 1941

-

Adjusting to a continuing wave of Kurdish migration, President Barzani executes sweeping changes to maintain stability.

_______________

Still in its infancy, the Kurdish Republic finds itself facing myriad social problems as crucial institutions and state policies continue to develop. Rapidly changing demographics have shaken up the fragile national economy as Turks and Armenians for their countries leave just as fast as Kurds arrive. This has led to a considerable population of Kurds residing in poor urban areas or in sprawling refugee camps outside the cities. The problem was being exacerbated by rural tribal leaders and urban wealthy practically seizing abandoned properties and farmland for themselves with tribal militias or hired thugs. This presented a problem for President Barzani as while his public support was unanimous, he still relied on the support of such social leaders to govern effectively. Additionally, the growing public crisis was giving a new voice to communists and other leftists, decrying the new government as bourgeois thieves and looters. But even without the upper class pillaging the spoils of ethnic cleansing, there wasn't enough room in the cities to house the refugees nor enough skilled labor to support them.

At the President’s behest, the National Assembly passed three laws: the National Land Distribution Act, the Community Establishment Act, and the Citizenship Act. Collectively these laws would seek to bring order to years of social upheaval and economic chaos as Kurdistan fought to realize itself. Firstly, the acts retroactively and unilaterally nationalized all abandoned property of former Turkish and Armenian residents and declared any other claims legally null. Additionally, it permitted the deployment of the Kurdish Army to enforce it, as opposed to the nascent National Police. This included tens of millions in assets abandoned in businesses, estates, bank accounts, farm holdings, and other property. All of these would be transferred to the ownership of the Ministry of Finance. Critics railed that this would lead to overt violence- elites, protected by tribal militias and gangs, would never submit their spoils willingly. Yet even with Peshmerga troops personally conducting repossessions, violence remained minimal. This was because of the far more crucial main part of the legislative package. They created and empowered the new National Land Office, a new body directly subordinate to the President, with the authority to act as plenipotentiary of the National Assembly on a host of matters.

Via the NLO, President Barzani set about a nationwide redistribution of wealth, land, and property. From Amed to Erbil, estates and farm plots were nationalized from their owners. Entire apartment blocks and housing developments were placed under Peshmerga control. Companies and conglomerates were nationalized via state-appointed administrators. The NLO followed the political patronage of Barzani, granting superior farm plots and estates to those tribes who supported him most as well as auctioning factories and production facilities to urban Kurd elites for heavy discounts. In guaranteeing the best of Turkish spoils to his political allies, he established a clear reward system for political support as many of those who benefitted were either Assemblyman from the KNP or politically neutral tribal aristocrats. But much was also given to the poor and middle class. Previously homeless urban Kurds were given apartments and homes and Kurdish farmers who had functioned nearly as serfs to Turkish landowners were given ownership of the land they worked. Those in the refugee camps found new homes in cities and towns.

This process had brought a glut of new land and financial resources to the Treasury and President Barzani applied it proactively via the Community Establishment Act. Where migrants and refugees cluttered camps outside cities and towns, the government would be empowered to use its nationalized land for the facilitation of new municipalities. Many of these new communities would be created along tribal and family lines. Formerly Turkish towns and areas would be redesignated as the land of a certain tribe or group of tribes, usually accompanied by land ownership and governmental power. In addition to formally resettling tens of thousands of people and stabilizing Kurdistan’s demographics, it also further entrenched the tribal social structure and formalized a new base of political support for President Barzani. This process effectively repopulated vast swathes of Kurdistan that had been abandoned by emigrating Turks, Armenians, or Arabs. Barzani also achieved a minor bureaucratic miracle with the CEA and Citizenship app. In accepting assistance and resettlement from the government, Kurdish immigrants were given formal citizenship. This allowed the government to conduct the first national census, judging the population of the Kurdish Republic to be 4,770,000.

To cement these stabilizing policies, the Assembly also approved a law creating the Ministry of the Interior, empowered to conduct all policing in Kustidan’s unitary government. Claiming it to be a temporary measure, President Barzani appointed himself Interior Minister to personally oversee the formation of a National Police. In addition to a National Police, Barzani has also decreed the establishment of the Directorates of State Security and National Intelligence. These police forces would be forged mainly out of Peshmerga force but also recruiting strictly outside of tribal militia or other local forces. This created a new layer of security personally loyal to the Interior Minister and existing totally outside of the tribal power structure. This would give Barzani personal command of over 100,000 personnel: 90,000 in the Kurdish Army and 50,000 national policemen, while even the strongest tribal armies field just a few thousand irregular fighters. This was complemented by supplies of artillery, armor, and fighter planes donated from Arab powers.

While Kurdistan certainly remained in its earliest days, effective reform and the personalist power of President Barzani were making progress in stabilizing and strengthening the nation. To what extent the stability can be attributed to the overriding popularity of Barzani himself or genuine national unity is yet to be seen. Political activity from communists and liberals remain as well as disgruntlement from the most entrenched formerly-Turkish Kurdish aristocrats.

_____________

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Afghanistaan

Alaroth

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Philanialle, Otsla, Asharken, Vancouver Straits, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance, Islahh

IRAQI-KURDISH RELATIONS

10th of March, 1941

Strength in Unity

Soon after the integration of several Kurdish-Majority cities in the former territory of northern Iraq, King Faisal I had saw to it himself that a state visit to the new Kurdish Republic is in order. as to ensure the behavior and intentions of Barzani are secured in the future concerning security and political cooperation. as the meeting between Barzani and King Faisal I proceeds with no issues, a ceremony was organized in the capital city of Amed, formerly Diyarbakir. King Faisal arrives in his vehicle with an armed escort through the streets with cheering from the crowds as he exits the Bentley, waving around for the crowds and steps up to greet Barzani. Faisal approaches the podium to begin his announcement.

Peace be upon you, We have entered a new day, along with all the dominion which belongs to Allah, Lord of all that exists. O Allah, I ask You for the goodness of this day, its opening, its victory, its light, its blessings, and its guidance. I seek refuge in You from the evil that is in it and from the evil that follows it... I've come here to congratulate our new brothers for foraging their new home, the Kurdish Republic, But not only to congratulate but to inform you all that me and my good friend, Barzani, have come to an agreement to establish embassies in both capital cities, in Baghdad and Amed. Furthermore, All citizens from Iraq and Kurdistan will enjoy visa-free travel between the countries. Many of you have families still in Iraq, and so do our people in the new Kurdistan. and finally, a free trade policy will be enforced between Iraq and the Kurdish Republic to further our prosperity. Europe maybe tearing itself apart, but we will be building a propserous future for the next generations. Al-Hamdulilah!

Al-Waseet Protocol

1. All citizens will be granted Visa on arrival from Kurdish Republic or the Kingdom of Iraq.

2. A policy of complete free-trade between Kingdom of Iraq and Kurdish Republic.

3. Military Cooperation via exercises, arms trade and national security.

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Afghanistaan

Alaroth

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Otsla, Asharken, Kotakuan Ii, Vancouver Straits, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance, Greater Kurdistane

[B]BARÓN DE TODA LA TIERRA!

[sub]June 1941—January 1942 | Managua, D.N., Republic of Nicaragua[/sub]

With the Republic politically involved, though unwilling to fight in the scathing World War, the Nicaraguan economy, and more importantly, the wealth of the Somozas, grew exponentially since declaring war on Germany and it's Axis partners in late 1939. By the Summer of 1941, Somoza García owned 51 cattle ranches, 46 coffee plantations, 18 sugar mills, and 13 rum distilleries across the country, much of it land and assets appropriated by the government from German-Nicaraguans throughout the previous two years and sold over to the Somoza Family at significantly reduced rate.

Despite being ever expanded, the necessity to diversify the agrarian sector of Nicaragua's economy was evident. As per deals with American firms and companies, such as United Fruit Co., specific crop markets are controlled by the auspices of these such corporations, despite not receiving the same free reign in Nicaragua as with neighboring countries. Though receiving presidential commissions from and executive tax proceeds on these particular goods, Somoza García bore separate economic interests in mind. Armed with an investment plan aimed at promoting new cash crop schemes that would be controlled entirely by Managua, free from foreign stake or levy. Principally, Somoza set his goal towards the development of four major agricultural departments, rubber, cotton, tobacco, and palm oil, respectively.

[List][sub]Cotton[/sub]

Cotton in Nicaragua has remained, largely, an untapped market due in large part to feasibility concerns connected to it's cultivation within the tropical climate. Cotton is native to Central America, but the ubiquity of cotton pests had always made large-scale cultivation impossible in the past. However, recent reports from the Ministry of Agriculture and Livestock promote the results of Dichlorodiphenyltrichloroethane or 'DDT', on the U.S. military forces serving across the many theaters of war, including tropical environments. First synthesized in 1874 by Othmar Zeidler, an Austrian chemist, DDT's insecticidal action would not be discovered until 1939 by Swiss chemist, Paul Hermann Müller. As world war broke out and new fronts opened up, DDT began it's early stages of use, keeping U.S. ground forces safe from common tropical disease. With government studies showing further it's successes in agrarian applications, opening grand possibilities for the beginning of a commercially viable market in cotton cultivation and export for Nicaragua's economic future.[/list]

[List][sub]Tobacco[/sub]

A land of volcanoes both active and dormant, the volcanic mineral properties in Nicaraguan top soil make it the life-vain of it's coffee beans, contributing to it's rich, unique quality. Equally, several thousand hectares have been qualified by el Ministerio de Agricultura y Ganadería as well suited for cultivation of Cuban-seed tobacco in Estelí, Jalapa, Condega, and Omotepe in Lake Nicaragua, itself host to twin stratovolcanoes, Concepción y Maderas. The top soil in these four principal areas are heavily promoted for cultivation of premium quality cigar leaves and loose-leaf cigar tobacco. Cuban quality tobacco, with a bold Nicaraguan mark.[/list]

[List][sub]Rubber[/sub]

Certainly not the newest cash crop scheme to the country, the cultivation of Castilla elastica, a distinct species of rubber tree native to parts of Mexico, Central America, and northern South America, has been pointed a potentially profitable economic pursuit, as well as a major step toward necessary diversification with the revival of a once successful market. Several thousand hectares studied in the hinterlands of the Carazo Department, especially outside the cities of Diriamba and Jinotepe, the land there promotes rubber tree cultivation, ample for the revival of the rubber industry in Nicaragua as the Somoza Government approaches the Wrigley Company, seeking potential investment from the American gum giant. Additional areas with hectarage deemed suitable for Castilla elastica cultivation include Bonanza and Cocoland, on the Atlantic Coast.[/list]

[List][sub]Palm Oil[/sub]

Though Palm Oil as an industry has been present in the country historically, much like rubber and latexes in Nicaragua, experienced decline and eventual dissolution all together of a viable market. With extensive investment backing from the Somoza Government, the cultivation of palm, and thus, production and distillation, refinement of crude palm oil products for export seeks a revival to the Nicaraguan economy, to be headed by the relatively young company, S.A. Palmera Extraceite, owned, financed, and operated exclusively by the Somoza Family. Government-sponsored topographical studies of hectarage in the country's central highlands and Caribbean lowlands, along the Atlantic Coast, show promising results suggesting a multitude of different potential plantation sites deemed well suited for palm cultivation.[/list]

——

[Spoiler=GOLD FOR FRIENDS, LEAD FOR FOES]Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Arcanda, Paseo, Nevbrejnovitz, Nosautempopulus, Otsla, Asharken, Pontianus, Vancouver Straits, New Provenance

THE EMIRATE OF AFGHANISTAN: THE GRAVEYARD OF EMPIRES

1747-1942

The history of the modern nation of Afghanistan started in 1747 AD when the 25-year-old Ahmad Khan, former general of the Persian army, was busy in Afghanistan calling for a loya jirga ("grand assembly") to select a leader among his people. The Afghans gathered near Kandahar in October 1747 and chose Ahmad Shah from among the challengers, making him their new head of state. After the inauguration or coronation, he became known as Ahmad Shah Durrani. He adopted the title padshah durr-i dawran ('King, "pearl of the age") and the Abdali tribe became known as the Durrani tribe after this. Ahmad Shah not only represented the Durranis but he also united all the Pashtun tribes and establish the Afghan nation known then as the Durrani Empire. By 1751, Ahmad Shah Durrani and his Afghan army conquered the entire present-day Afghanistan, Pakistan, and for a short time, the Khorasan and Kohistan provinces of Iran, along with Delhi in India. He defeated the Maratha Empire in 1761 at the Battle of Panipat. In October 1772, Ahmad Shah retired to his home in Kandahar where he died peacefully and was buried at a site that is now adjacent to the Shrine of the Cloak. He was succeeded by his son, Timur Shah Durrani, who transferred the capital of their Afghan Empire from Kandahar to Kabul. Timur died in 1793 and his son Zaman Shah Durrani took over the reign.

Zaman Shah and his brothers had a weak hold on the legacy left to them by their famous ancestor. They sorted out their differences through a "round robin of expulsions, blindings and executions," which resulted in the deterioration of the Afghan hold over far-flung territories, such as Attock and Kashmir. Durrani's other grandson, Shuja Shah Durrani, fled the wrath of his brother and sought refuge with the Sikhs. Not only had Durrani invaded the Punjab region many times, but had destroyed the holiest shrine of the Sikhs – the Harmandir Sahib in Amritsar, defiling its sarowar with the blood of cows and decapitating Baba Deep Singh in 1757. The Sikhs, under Ranjit Singh, eventually wrested a large part of the Durrani Empire (present day Pakistan, but not including Sindh) from the Afghans. In 1837, the Afghan army descended through the Khyber Pass on Sikh forces at Jamrud killed the Sikh general Hari Singh Nalwa but could not capture the fort.

The Emir Dost Mohammed Khan (1793–1863) gained control in Kabul in 1826 and founded the Barakzai dynasty. Rivalry between the expanding British and Russian Empires in what became known as "The Great Game" significantly influenced Afghanistan during the 19th century. British concern over Russian advances in Central Asia and over Russia's growing influence in West Asia and in Persia in particular culminated in two Anglo-Afghan wars and in the Siege of Herat (1837–1838), in which the Persians, trying to retake Afghanistan and throw out the British, sent armies into the country and fought the British mostly around and in the city of Herat. The first Anglo-Afghan War (1839–1842) resulted in the destruction of a British army; causing great panic throughout British India and the dispatch of a second British invasion army. The Second Anglo-Afghan War (1878–1880) resulted from the refusal by Emir Shir Ali (reigned 1863 to 1866 and from 1868 to 1879) to accept a British diplomatic mission in Kabul. In the wake of this conflict Shir Ali's nephew, Emir Abdur Rahman, known as "Iron Emir", came to the Afghan throne. During his reign (1880–1901), the British and Russians officially established the boundaries of what would become modern Afghanistan. The British retained effective control over Kabul's foreign affairs. Abdur Rahman's reforms of the army, legal system and structure of government gave Afghanistan a degree of unity and stability which it had not before known. This, however, came at the cost of strong centralisation, of harsh punishments for crime and corruption, and of a certain degree of international isolation. Habibullah Khan, Abdur Rahman's son, came to the throne in 1901 and kept Afghanistan neutral during World War I, despite encouragement by Central Powers of anti-British feelings and of Afghan rebellion along the borders of India. His policy of neutrality was not universally popular within the country; however, and Habibullah was assassinated in 1919, possibly by family members opposed to British influence. His third son, Amanullah (r. 1919–1929), regained control of Afghanistan's foreign policy after launching the Third Anglo-Afghan War (May to August 1919) with an attack on India. During the ensuing conflict the war-weary British relinquished their control over Afghan foreign affairs by signing the Treaty of Rawalpindi in August 1919. In commemoration of this event Afghans celebrate 19 August as their Independence Day.

Amanullah Khan elevated Afghanistan into a Kingdom and proclaim himself King. King Amanullah Khan moved to end his country's traditional isolation in the years following the Third Anglo-Afghan war. After quelling the Khost rebellion in 1925, he established diplomatic relations with most major countries and, following a 1927 tour of Europe and Turkey (during which he noted the modernization and secularization advanced by Atatürk), introduced several reforms intended to modernize Afghanistan. A key force behind these reforms was Mahmud Tarzi, Amanullah Khan's Foreign Minister and father-in-law — and an ardent supporter of the education of women. He fought for Article 68 of Afghanistan's first constitution (declared through a Loya Jirga), which made elementary education compulsory. Some of the reforms that were actually put in place, such as the abolition of the traditional Muslim veil for women and the opening of a number of co-educational schools, quickly alienated many tribal and religious leaders, which led to the revolt of the Shinwari in November 1928, marking the beginning of the Afghan Civil War (1928–1929). Although the Shinwari revolt was quelled, a concurrent Saqqawist uprising in the north eventually managed to depose Amanullah, leading to Habibullāh Kalakāni taking control of Kabul. The Afghan Civil War (1928-1929) was fought between the Saqqawist faction lead Habibullāh Kalakāni, who proclaim himself Emir, the pro-Barakzai faction lead by Muhammad Nadir Shah, and the Durrani faction lead by Mohammad Abdul Rahim Durrani, a member of the Durrani Dynasty and direct descendent of Ahmad Shah Durrani.

Mohammad Abdul Rahim became Emir of Afghanistan in 15 October 1929 and reinstated the Emirate after he took control of Afghanistan by defeating both Habibullah Kalakani and Muhammad Nadir Khan. He then executed Habibullah Kalakani in 1 November of same year while Muhammad Nadir Khan life was spared, but he and the rest of the Barakzai dynasty was banished from the country and went into British India. Thus, Emir Mohammad Abdul Rahim restore the Durrani Dynasty as the ruling house of Afghanistan. He began consolidating power and regenerating the country. He abandoned the reforms of Amanullah Khan in favour of a more gradual approach to modernization such as improving road construction, especially the Great North Road through the Hindu Kush, methods of communication, and helped establish Afghanistan's first university in 1931; however, this university (Kabul University) did not admit any students until 1932. He forged commercial links with the same foreign powers that Amanullah had established diplomatic relations with in the 1920s, and, under the leadership of several prominent entrepreneurs, he initiated a banking system and long-range economic planning. Emir Muhammad Abdul Rahim also reform the army and created a strong military force.

Emir Mohammad Abdul Rahim faced many insurrections, including the Koh Daman revolt (29 November – 30 June), the Shinwari rebellion (February 1930), operations against Ibrahim Beg (November 1930 – April 1931), the Ghilzai threat (1931), the Darre Khel revolt (November 1932), the disturbances in Khost, and the pro-Barakzai rebellion (1933-1935), and he successfully put down every insurrection. The harsh way that Mohammad put down many insurrections made him known as “Second Iron Emir” with Emir Abdur Rahman, being the first "Iron Emir". On the outbreak of World War II Emir Mohammad Abdul Rahim declare Afghanistan neutrality and pursued a diplomatic policy of non-alignment. As the World is in the states of total war, will Afghanistan remain neutral or will it decide to join the war on the side of the Allies or the Axis Powers? Only the Emir know what fate and course his country will take.

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Afghanistaan

Alaroth

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Paseo, Nevbrejnovitz, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Otsla, Asharken, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance, Alaroth

[list][sub]FEBRUARY 1942[/sub]

[sub]Frigid March East, Pt. 4[/sub][/list]

[list]| [sub]DIE SCHLACHT UM MOSKAU DECKT NACHSCHUBPROBLEME, UNVORBEREITUNG AUF DEN WINTER UND DIE IRRTÜMER DER WEHRMACHT AUF (EISIGER MARSCH NACH OSTEN, PT. 4)[/sub]

[sub]| THE BATTLE OF MOSCOW EXPOSES SUPPLY PROBLEMS, UNPREPAREDNESS FOR WINTER, AND THE FALLACIES OF THE WEHRMACHT (FRIGID MARCH EAST, PT. 4)[/sub][/list]

—

[sub]| WARSAW | Operation Typhoon was the official Wehrmacht designation for the invasion of Moscow, capital and seat of government of the Soviet Union. The strategic offensive called for a double pincer offensive to the north of Moscow, against the Kalinin Front, by the 3rd and 4th Panzer Armies, simultaneously severing the Moscow-Leningrad railway, and another to the south, against the Western Front, by the 2nd Panzer Army, while the 4th advanced directly onto Moscow from the west. At this point, it was recognized by the High Command and most likely by the Soviets as well that the Battle for Moscow would not only decide the fate of the Soviet Union, but potentially the fate of the entire conflict as well. Advances into Russia proper had slowed down significantly and Axis success rates crashed as winter came about. Axis forces, insufficiently prepared to deal with the harsh requirements of fighting a full-scale conflict in the Soviet winter, suffered from serious supply shortages, seizing vehicles, and demoralized fighters. Nonetheless, Operation Typhoon was launched on 30 September, 1941.[/sub]

[list][list][sub]"Don't fight a battle if you don't gain anything by winning."

[list]— ERWIN ROMMEL, German Army General, Commander of the Shadow Division[/sub][/list][/list][/list]

[sub]Before Army Group Center, laying between the Axis forces and the target of Moscow, lay several lines of defense manned by hundreds of thousands of Red Army soldiers. At this point, it was widely expected that Stalin was dedicating most if not all of his remaining resources to the Moscow front, and as such the Chancellor responded in kind and placed serious emphasis on the immediate fall of Moscow to demoralize the enemy and hopefully force a defeat by winter time. German units began their advance on 30 September, as Soviet peasants fled, burning their crops, driving their cattle away, and destroying buildings as part of what appeared to be a 'policy of total destruction', as one German military officer described it. The policy, it seemed, was designed to prevent the German war machine from gaining much-needed supplies from the ground, forcing the Wehrmacht and the advancing forces to rely almost entirely on supply lines from Germany proper and its satellite states further west.[/sub]

[sub]The 2nd Panzer Group from the south captured the city of Oryol, just 121 km south of the first Soviet line of defense, supposedly centered around Vyazma. Days later, German forces pushed onto Bryansk while the 2nd Army attacked from the west, encircling two Soviet armies. To the north, the 3rd and 4th Armies attacked Vyazma itself, trapping four Soviet armies (the 19th, 20th, 24th, and the 32nd). The pocket would yield up to half a million Soviet prisoners according to German estimates, resulting in the shattering of Moscow's first line of defense. By now, an alleged 3,000,000 Soviet soldiers had been taken prisoner by the invading Axis forces, leaving a miniscule portion left for the Soviets to defend their capital.[/sub]

[sub]However, coinciding with the beginning of Operation Typhoon came the fall and winter seasons in Russia. Temperatures fell and rainfall was consistent, creating muddy roads and seriously slowing the German advance. Snowfall also increased tremendously, creating terrain that German tanks could not cross over easily, while Soviet tanks (like the T-34 with its wider tread) were able to move more easily, granting an advantage to the enemy. At the same time, the German supply situation began deteriorating rapidly as partisan efforts in both Russia proper and Poland, under the General Government, damaged supply lines, blew up bridges, and suffocated the German war effort in the USSR. On 31 October, the High Command directed that the advance and execution of Operation Typhoon be halted for army reorganization. The pause would, as some worried, grant the Soviets time to recuperate and reorganize, potentially posing a significant threat to the Axis advance, whenever it may continue.[/sub]

[sub]With the cold weather still bearing down on the front, the German forces renewed its Moscow assault on 15 November. Although the Axis forces saw improvements in their gains on the front itself, no improvements were made in terms of supply, as the further Axis forces advanced the farther supplies had to traverse and the longer the window was open for partisan forces to destroy said supplies. In two weeks of combat, despite lacking enough fuel and sufficient ammunition, the German forces slowly crept towards Moscow. In the south, however, the 2nd Panzer Group was being blocked, and on 22 November Soviet armies attacked the Group and inflicted a serious defeat on German forces. The 4th Group succeeded in pushing a Soviet (16th) Army back, crossing the Moscow Canal in an attempt to encircle Moscow.[/sub]

[sub]2 December saw part of the 25th Infantry Division advance to within 24 km of Moscow, but by then blizzards had begun and the weather was in a constant downward spiral. A recon battalion reached a town only 8 km from Moscow, capturing the bridge over the Moscow-Volga Canal as well as the local railway station, but despite the progress made the Wehrmacht was not equipped for winter warfare. The Chancellor and the High Command had been expecting the conflict to be over by autumn, but in winter German forces were still trudging onwards, struggling to hold the line against a mounting resistance from Stalin and the Red Army. On 5 December, a massive Soviet counteroffensive caught German forces off-guard as supply shortages plagued the frontlines, forcing the Axis forces back to 100 km from Moscow.[/sub]

[sub]Operation Typhoon had failed, and to the surprise of all, the Wehrmacht had been defeated, at a time when it looked they were on the verge of an absolute and utter victory. The German High Command redrew all its plans for a defeat of the Soviet Union in January, days after on the 7th the Soviet counteroffensive halted, concluding the Battle of Moscow with a bare Soviet victory. Heavy casualties had been inflicted on the German side and most likely on the Soviet side as well, but the Germans could no longer at the present threaten the Soviet capital. Throughout January and early February of 1942, when Berlin had been expecting to receive news of celebrations across the front of German military victory after military victory, the German forces engaged in battles and engagements to hold the line while they shored up supplies, and while the High Command attempted to draw up a last-minute plan to defeat the Soviets once and for all.[/sub]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Afghanistaan

Alaroth

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Arcanda, Paseo, Nevbrejnovitz, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Philanialle, Otsla, Asharken, Pontianus, Vancouver Straits, Puerto Somoza, Afghanistaan

[list][sub]February 1942[/sub]

[sub]Japanese Internment[/sub]

PROVINCE OF BRITISH COLUMBIA, DOMINION OF CANADA — (Canovia)[/list]

[sub]| BRITISH COLUMBIA | — Nearly a year since the RCMP (Royal Canadian Mounted Police) and the government began the policy of identifying nearly 26,000 Japanese-Canadians as a precautionary measure, Parliament Hill would officially declare the “War Measures Act” — which would officially categorize Japanese-Canadians as “alien enemies of the state” and strip Japanese-Canadians of their personal rights.[/sub]

[sub]With the Japanese invasion of British territories in Asia, along with the attack on Pearl Harbor several months prior — personal property of Japanese-Canadians (such as fishing vessels) were impounded and male Japanese nationals between the ages of 18 - 45 were to be relocated further inland away from British Columbia’s coast. Although many senior officials and private citizens raised concerns over the treatment of Japanese-Canadians — Prime Minister W. L. Mackenzie King would begin to finalize the authorization of internment for Japanese-Canadians, moving them to road camps, sugar beet farms and/or prisoner-of-war camps.[/sub]

[sub]With Hastings Park being the main area for processing, men were removed from women and children with the exception of families who decided to work on the sugar beet farms in the Prairie Provinces. As mass confusion began to take place over the transportation of Japanese-Canadians, those who resisted would be sent to prisoner-of-war camps in Ontario — while others would be sent to several camps throughout the west (becoming either self-sufficient areas which housed middle to upper-class Japanese-Canadians or to farm or labour camps). As many as 22,000 Japanese Canadians (14,000 born in Canada) were reported to be interned into camps.[/sub]

Nonador, Paramountica, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Philanialle, Otsla, Asharken, Vancouver Straits, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance

| RAPID DEVELOPMENT CONTINUES ; MONEY FROM USA FUEL THE BANZA ADMINISTRATION ; ZAIRE OFFERS AID TO THE ALLIED FORCES |

[sub]12th of January, 1942[/sub]

| The government of the United States of America and the government of Zaire have been in close contact for the past years, and their cooperation and friendship is tighting, with the United States steadily becoming a major friend of Zaire so far. The two countries have not only immensely increased trade, but many American companies are founding their way to Zaire. Furthermore, the two governments have struck a deal a year ago, through which Zaire will be granted a loan of $36.0 Million ( $645.0 Million Today's Money ). The loan will be repaid to the United States over the course of four years starting from 1946. The Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor has also officially pushed the First Representative of Zaire, Gloria Banza, into declaring full and unconditional support towards the United States and the British Empire. Zaire will significantly increase it's natural resources trade to the United States, and Mrs Banza has began the preparation of Zairian forces, who have been under going training since 1940 with their Estado Novo counterparts, for the war. Mrs Banza has declared that Zairian forces are ready to support the American troops against the axis forces if needed be.

The Queen Dowager Elisabeth who has been residing in Zaire, has also came out and publicly announced that all the Jewish children and adults that have been saved a year prior from the occupied Belgium are now safe and sound in Zaire, and that they are being carefully looked after.

The loan itself has arrived in Zaire as well earlier this year, and the Banza administration have allocated budgets from the money. The budgets are as follows.

[list]EDUCATION - $8.5 Million ( $152.4 Million in Today's Money ).[/list]

[list]- Continuation of Career Schools.

- Expansion of Training Programs.

- Establishment of Ten New Primary Schools, Ten New Secondary Schools, Fifteen New Career Schools, One New University.

- Rapid Increase of Literacy Rates among Men and Women of Zaire between the ages of 19 and 60.[/list]

[list]INFRASTRUCTURE - $10.2 Million ( $182.9 Million in Today's Money ).[/list]

[list]- Expansion of the Railway System for Civilian Purposes.

- Expansion of the Railway System for Trade Purposes.

- Expansion and Rapid Development of Highway and Transportation System of Zaire.

- Investment into New Ports Project.

- Investment into Queen Dowager Dam Project.

- Establishment of National Air System ( Creation of Four New Airports. )

- Investment into Trade Infrastructure into and out of Zaire.[/list]

[list]STATE COMPANY INVESTMENTS - $9.8 Million ( $175.7 Million in Today's Money ).[/list]

[list]- Rapid Investments into State Companies mainly into National Zairian Natural Resources Complex, National Mining Company of Zaire, National Energy of Zaire, Zairian Technologies and Radio Company and Zaire Food and Agriculture Complex.

- Rapid Investments into expanding and establishing industries of Zaire.

- Investments into expanding a friendly private market.

- Rapid Modernisation of Technologies of State Companies.

- Investments into expanding National Companies trade output into the world for the future.[/list]

[list]URBANISATION - $7.5 Million ( $134.4 Million in Today's Money ).[/list]

[list]- Expansion and Modernisation of major cities of Zaire.

- Creation of Twenty new Towns of Zaire.

- Rapid Modernisation of the Countryside of Zaire.

- Creation of Housing Program for Major Cities and Towns of Zaire.

- Rapid Expansion and Modernisation of the Sewage Infrastructure.

- Rapid Expansion and Development of Electricity in Zaire.

- Rapid Radiosation of Zaire.[/list]

The money spending has began, and what comes with it major projects and ambitions. However, as Zaire expands and modernises, a war is still savaging the world. A war, to which Zaire can no longer turn a blind eye to. In her response, First Representative of Zaire, Gloria Banza, has wrote a letter to President Roosevelt, Grand Marshal of Estado Novo, British Prime Minister Churchill and the Soviet leader Stalin, and to the French General De Gaul. The letter states that Zaire is ready to provide more natural resources to each of those states should they request it, but it is also ready to provide men of the armed forces to aid in their campaigns against the axis forces. A quote from the letter can be found down below. |

[list][ First Representative of Zaire, GLORIA BANZA ]: "...Le Zaïre est plus que prêt à vous équiper des ressources naturelles dont vous avez besoin et qui vous permettront de vaincre les forces de la destruction ultime et du chaos. Le Zaïre, et moi-même, sommes solidaires de vous et de votre peuple dans vos batailles contre les oppresseurs, les agresseurs et les chercheurs de destruction.

Une nouvelle nation du monde, je comprends que ce pour quoi vous vous battez est la liberté pour le monde libre, pour les peuples du monde. Mes hommes sont loyaux, bien équipés et forts de leur conviction qu'un monde libre est le seul monde possible. Les ressources zaïroises sont prêtes à être doublées pour vos nations, les forces armées zaïroises sont prêtes à vous aider de quelque manière que ce soit.

Nous sommes solidaires avec vous et votre peuple, et nous sommes unis avec vous contre les forces du chaos et du mal. Que Dieu et votre peuple vous guident vers la victoire, car le Zaïre fera tout ce qui est en son pouvoir pour vous aider..."

[spoiler="Zaire is ready to aid the allied forces fighting against the chaos and destruction seekers of the world...we offer our resources, we offer our men as we stand united and in solidarity with the forces of good..." - First Representative of Zaire, Gloria Banza]Adriatican Islands

Afghanistaan

Alaroth

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Nevbrejnovitz, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Philanialle, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance

[list]DECEMBER 1941

[sub]HM GOVERNMENT-IN-EXILE — LONDON, UNITED KINGDOM[/sub][/list]

[list][list][pre]| HET RIJK IN OORLOG: PROCLAMATIE VAN HAAR MAJESTEIT KONINGIN WILHELMINA[/pre][/list][/list]

[LIST][LIST][pre]| THE EMPIRE AT WAR: PROCLAMATION FROM HER MAJESTY QUEEN WILHELMINA[/pre][/list][/list]

The Kingdom of the Netherlands considers itself in a state of war with Japan and all her allies.

While negotiations which were in progress between the governments of the United States and Japan were not yet completed, and while President Roosevelt exhibited the greatest patience and did his utmost to preserve peace in the Pacific, and while an appeal which President Roosevelt had sent to the Emperor of Japan still remained unanswered, Japanese forces attacked American and British territory without a declaration of war.

This war has been forced on the United States and the British Empire. You know how Germany, in the same manner that Japan now emulates in Asia, attacked many countries in Europe, one after another. Japan, motivated by the same spirit of aggression and the same disregard of law, follows in the footsteps of her German Axis partner.

Neither the safety of the territories of our Kingdom in the Far East, nor the Ties which bind us to our British Allies, nor the special relations which exist between the Netherlands and the United States allow the Government of the Kingdom to look on passively.

The Kingdom of the Netherlands considers itself in a state of war with Japan because the aggression-which seeks to put out of action, one by one, the countries which desire peace-can only be halted through a strong coalition.

Now that the American and British peoples, with whom we are closely bound in friendship, are attacked, the Kingdom of the Netherlands places all its armed forces and resources at the disposal of the allied war effort.

The development of our Kingdom for centuries has been guided by a unified destiny. In the hurricane which threatens this development, it rises with resolute unity to maintain its place in the world. The Netherlands did not hesitate to defend herself immediately, with courage, when she was viciously attacked in Europe. The Netherlands East Indies will not waver now that she is menaced by a similar attack.

The Indies stood with the Netherlands in her hour of trial. The Netherlands and our West Indies will stand with the East Indies now that the Indies are resisting aggression. I rely on the Navy, the Army and the Air Force, the authorities and the civilian services.

I and all my subjects rely on the courage, resolution and determination of all those in the Indies. Trusting in God, whom all my subjects desire to serve in freedom and who know that our cause is righteous and our conscience clear, we accept the challenge together with our powerful allies.

We will triumph and our Kingdom, beset but at the same time purified, steeled and standing with inviolable pride will survive stronger than ever to live under our free banner in a world free from aggression.

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Vancouver Straits, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance, Maziya

The New Delhi Tribune/नई दिल्ली ट्रिब्यून December 9th 1941 9 दिसंबर, 1941

[sub]Volume 15, Issue 5 /खंड 15, अंक 5[/sub]

[sup][Ganganath Jha Passes Away At 68!][/sup]

[sup][गंगानाथ झा का 68 साल की उम्र में निधन!][/sup]

[sup]Sad news this afternoon as beloved scholar of Sanskirit, Indian and Buddhist philosopher Sir Gaṅgānāth Jhā passed away last night with family and friends in his sleep at around 3 AM. Sir Gaṅgānāth Jhā who was born in 25 December 1872 gandhwari(Pandaul), Madhubani, Bihar. Was very well known for various works of literature, with him writting numerous books and translated many Sanskrit books into English. Such as the Chandogyopanishad, G.A. Nelson & Co., Madras, 1899. Yoga-Darsana, Theosophical Publication, Bombay, 1907. Gautam ka Nyaya Sutra, Oriental Book Agency, Poona, 1913. Which includes his authored books The Prabhakar school of Purva-Mimansa, Allahabad University, 1911 with his most recent authored book Purva-Mimansa in its sources, Banaras Hindu University, 1942, and the Yoga Darshana, Theosophical Society, Madras.[/sup]

[sup]आज दोपहर दुखद समाचार, संस्कृत के प्रिय विद्वान, भारतीय और बौद्ध दार्शनिक सर गंगानाथ झा का बीती रात लगभग 3 बजे परिवार और दोस्तों के साथ उनकी नींद में निधन हो गया। सर गंगानाथ झा जिनका जन्म 25 दिसंबर 1872 को गंधवारी (पंडौल), मधुबनी, बिहार में हुआ था। साहित्य के विभिन्न कार्यों के लिए बहुत प्रसिद्ध थे, उन्होंने कई किताबें लिखीं और कई संस्कृत पुस्तकों का अंग्रेजी में अनुवाद किया। जैसे छांदोग्योपनिषद, जी.ए. नेल्सन एंड कंपनी, मद्रास, 1899। योग-दर्शन, थियोसोफिकल प्रकाशन, बॉम्बे, 1907। गौतम का न्याय सूत्र, ओरिएंटल बुक एजेंसी, पूना, 1913। जिसमें उनकी लिखी किताबें शामिल हैं पूर्व-मीमांसा का प्रभाकर स्कूल, इलाहाबाद विश्वविद्यालय, 1911 अपनी सबसे हाल की लिखित पुस्तक पूर्व-मीमांसा इन सोर्स, बनारस हिंदू विश्वविद्यालय, 1942, और योग दर्शन, थियोसोफिकल सोसाइटी, मद्रास के साथ।[/sup]

[sup]In his early life, Ganganath Jha was born in a Maithil Brahmin family of the gandhwari village of Madhubani district of Bihar.he He was first taught using the Persian script then, when his family moved to Benares when he was aged seven, he learned Sanskrit. In 1880, he returned to his relatives in Darbhanga and was admitted to an English medium school. In 1886, after completing his school education, he returned to Benares for further studies and was admitted to the Government Sanskrit College there. He received his MA degree in Sanskrit with first rank in 1892. At the age of 24, he was appointed a librarian of the Darbhanga state by its Maharaja. In 1902, he was appointed a Professor of Sanskrit at Muir College in Allahabad, which he left in 1918 to become the first Indian principal of the Government Sanskrit College in Benares. Between 1920 and 1923 he served as a member of the Council of State in the Central British Government of India.[/sup]

[sup]अपने प्रारंभिक जीवन में, गंगानाथ झा का जन्म बिहार के मधुबनी जिले के गंधवारी गांव के मैथिल ब्राह्मण परिवार में हुआ था। उन्हें पहली बार फारसी लिपि का उपयोग करना सिखाया गया था, जब उनका परिवार बनारस चला गया जब वह सात साल के थे, उन्होंने संस्कृत सीखी . 1880 में, वह दरभंगा में अपने रिश्तेदारों के पास लौट आया और उसे एक अंग्रेजी माध्यम के स्कूल में भर्ती कराया गया। 1886 में स्कूली शिक्षा पूरी करने के बाद वे आगे की पढ़ाई के लिए बनारस लौट आए और वहां के सरकारी संस्कृत कॉलेज में दाखिल हो गए। उन्होंने 1892 में पहली रैंक के साथ संस्कृत में एमए की डिग्री प्राप्त की। 24 साल की उम्र में, उन्हें दरभंगा राज्य के महाराजा द्वारा लाइब्रेरियन नियुक्त किया गया था। 1902 में, उन्हें इलाहाबाद के मुइर कॉलेज में संस्कृत का प्रोफेसर नियुक्त किया गया, जिसे उन्होंने 1918 में बनारस के सरकारी संस्कृत कॉलेज के पहले भारतीय प्रिंसिपल बनने के लिए छोड़ दिया। 1920 और 1923 के बीच उन्होंने भारत की केंद्रीय ब्रिटिश सरकार में राज्य परिषद के सदस्य के रूप में कार्य किया।[/sup]

[sup]He was vice-chancellor of University of Allahabad (Prayag University) during 1923–32. The University of Allahabad established the Ganganath Jha Hostel in his honour.[/sup]

[sup]वे 1923-32 के दौरान इलाहाबाद विश्वविद्यालय (प्रयाग विश्वविद्यालय) के कुलपति थे। इलाहाबाद विश्वविद्यालय ने उनके सम्मान में गंगानाथ झा छात्रावास की स्थापना की।[/sup]

[spoiler=Failure doesn’t teach you how to value the success, it teaches you how to solve problems.]Adriatican Islands

Afghanistaan

Alaroth

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Paseo, Nevbrejnovitz, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance, Afghanistaan

Post self-deleted by Philanialle.

[list][pre]January 1941 | SECOND WORLD WAR (Pt. 1)[/pre]

[pre]HIS MAJESTY’s SOUTHERN ARSENAL – DOMINION OF SOUTH AFRICA;[/pre]

[sub]The world was shocked to hear of the success of Japanese naval and air forces in their surprise attack upon the United States at Pearl Harbor. The sleeping giant was awake at last, infused into the war, a shock of youthful energy and the determination that only such tragedy can bring. By and large, the success in repelling the Volkist advance around the globe was but one phase in the allied effort to beat back the great menace. Yet, with Japan expanding the war in the Pacific, South African planners study military reports as indicators of what new developments are needed to ensure a swift victory and lasting peace.[/sub]

[pre]CONSTRUCTION OF NEW BASES IN EAST AFRICA — SOUTH AFRICA ANSWERS CALL OF THE CROWN TO EXPAND ABILITY TO DEFEND IMPERIAL INTEREST IN THE NEAR EAST;[/pre][/list]

[sub]The unspoken security arraignment between London and Pretoria are similar in stature to that of the other Dominions within the Empire. Australia is the Empire’s base in the Asia-Pacific, India - the Crown Jewel; and Canada, the transatlantic realm of His Majesty. Each Dominion are links in a great multi-cultural chain which pulls upon the sun in the East, and sets her in the west daily. South Africa is the geographic center of this chain, positioned at the peak of Africa it is a guardian which secures trade whereas the Red Sea and Mediterranean have consistently been a hotbed for hostile activity. The second Great War has proven this theory to be true, adding a degree of compulsion to South Africa’s generation-old argument, that it too is a key pillar holding up the Empire. With that in mind, the Dominion has – especially since the out break of war – proven itself to be a viable, active, and indeed essential part of the Empire’s strategic outlook.[/sub]

[sub]Global commitments for Imperial Forces are a great cause of financial, manpower and material drain upon the Empire’s resources. Such was the idea which prompted South Africa’s military reorganization and modernization in the 30’s. Today, a year after securing victory over the Volkist in East Africa, and providing direct support in the Battle of the Atlantic – South African leaders look into the distant future, and the pressing concerns of the present, as it strengthens its position as the Crown’s noble defender in the Southern Hemisphere.[/sub]

[sub]Ras Kamboni, the Hanish Islands, and Hafun were gifted to the Dominion of South Africa by Emperor Selassie of Ethiopia for its effort in liberating the horn from the fascists of Italy. Located at strategic points along Africa’s Indian Ocean and Red Sea coasts, the three Enclaves have expanded the strategic reach of South Africa in an unprecedented manor. Indeed, such was recognized by the British Parliament as well, who granted to South Africa, an expansion of it’s Dominion into Bechuanaland — uniting the home region of ‘British Southern Africa’ under a single polity, and affording policy makers in Pretoria, a new degree of latitude in beyond Africa’s shores. Thus, in recognizing this newera for South Africa as a regional power, Parliament has authorized funds to establish new military installations within the Special Enclaves in East Africa.[/sub]

[sub]At Ras Kamboni, the Royal South African Corps of Engineers would initiate construction of HMJB Blackhead. By Act of Parliament, 4 square miles of the territory would to be turned over to the Armed Forces towards the establishment of an Air station, with secondary facilities as an army barracks, and supply depot for the pre-positioning of land equipment, oil & gas, and other non-perishable supplies. The air field would be centered around two runways — the primary being 9,100 feet in length, and the secondary being 6,600 feet in length – both being paved ‘Tarmac’. Both airfields would run along a north eastern axis, situated upon the seaward peninsula of Ras Kamboni. From that position, both underground fuel storage facilities would be constructed to hold supply for the air forces stationed at the base, as well as a reserve for the Garrison and pre-deployment Unit housed there. With hanger facilities capable of housing up to 88 aircraft of varying sizes, with the possibility of more aircraft operating from the base in emergency situations and/or with the construction of additional hangers for long-term force surges. Likewise, the needed support facilities would be constructed from an air control tower, to Radar detection stations, Aerial Defenses, etc.[/sub]

[sub]Beyond the air facilities HMJB Blackhead would house barracks for 5,000 soldiers of the RSAA or Marine Corps, with a field being created to host temporary facilities for additional troops in an emergency scenario. With hardened storage facilities, supplies for up to one Division of the South African Army are to be established to shorten the preparation time for new operations launched by South Africa from the base. Likewise, storage space would be allotted for perishable naval stores to supply South African and allied Warships as needed as a secondary resupply point within the Navy’s ‘East Africa Station’. Towards that end, no major naval facilities would be established, save for a fuel line connecting underground storage facilities to Ras Kamboni’s fledgling port (which is a liberal application of the word to describe what exists there in 1942).[/sub]

[sub]Situated just northwest of Bab-el-Mandeb in the Red Sea, at the Hanish Islands, the Royal Corps of Engineers would establish SAF Krapplevier — an Air Force Station & Air Detection Post; and HMS Zuqar Bay — a small naval instillation.[/sub]

[sub]Primarily envisioned as a base of operations for Constabulary and Security operations in the Red Sea and Northeastern Africa, the lack of local population on the islands has led to Parliament granting the entire archipelago to the Armed Forces to establish a South African presence there, and to shore up the overall Commonwealth presence in the region. From the largest island, Jabal Zuqar, two installations are to be constructed for the Royal South African Air Force and the RSA Navy respectively. On the southeastern shore of the island, away from the volcanic flow ranges on the northern shore, SAF Krapplevier will house two airfields and an extensive compliment of support facilities, from Hangers to Repair facilities, Warehouses, Fuel and Ammunition Stores, and Barracks for several thousand Air Force and Army personnel. Envisioned as South Africa’s premier overseas air post, it will be accessible to South Africa’s Allies - and likewise go a substantial way towards ensuring stability in the Red Sea basin – something cherished for the restoration of free flowing trade from the East to Europe. Contrary to the sandy terrain of Ras Kamboni, the volcanic rock upon which SAF Krapplevier is to be established mostly prevents the construction of underground fuel and ammunition stores, compelling the construction of hardened surface facilities further defended by aerial defense posts spread across the Island chain.[/sub]

[sub]The primary runway of SAF Krapplevier is to be 10,000 feet in length, running southwest to northeast, with a secondary runway of 5,080 feet running north to south. Both runways are to be paved ‘Tarmac’, whereas the base is set to support up to 200 aircraft of various types.[/sub]

[sub]To the East of SAF Krapplevier (13.91594° N, 42.76526° E), HMS Zuqar Bay will be a minor naval installation tasked with supporting the immediate needs of naval patrol forces operating in the Red Sea. Being comprised of 2 fixed Quays with berths for four cruiser sized warships, or 8 Destroyers ‘nest abeam’ with four ships directly moored to the berth – or finally, two Carriers, each. This small harbor would be protected by breakwaters reinforcing the natural arms of the bay, with efforts being undertaken to dredge the bay that it may be able to take in that many ships with operational room. Ashore, facilities are to be constructed to support modest refueling and resupply efforts – however, these facilities will not be as extensive as ones planned at Hafun.[/sub]

[sub]Finally, near the tip of the Horn of Africa, HMS Guardafuul will be the chief among the three installations. To be established within the Hafun Enclave, the largest of the three, HMS Guardafuul is to be a large naval station with supporting naval air corp and marine corps facilities. Centered around the 195+ square mile Hurdiyo Bay, the second home for the South African Navy will be established at the heart of what civil engineers and planners envision as the future “Gateway to East Africa”. That metropolis, existing only on paper within the Interior Ministry’s headquarters in Pretoria will be home to many hundreds of thousands one day - a free port wherein trans-Indian ocean trade and international tourism can come together to form a true gem along the equator. In the more immediate term, however, with the district being home to only 2,100 people – Parliament granted ascent to a plan for the outer portion of the Bay to be dredged by 20 feet to a total depth of 50 feet in a process that projections indicate will take nearly two to complete. Using experimental methods at land reclamation, the material taken from the bottom of the bay will be used to raise the shallow area of the inner Bay. Such would reshape the coast line do the bay, creating new fertile land for development of the new metropolis within Hafun.[/sub]

[sub]HMS Guardafuul will house extensive naval support facilities from six (6) fixed Quays to moor Warships to varying sizes, to refueling and ammunition jetties and stores, floating and fixed dry docks for repairs, and even designating facilities for a light shipbuilding — if taken up by private investors. Plans outline a capability to house Warships of all sizes from small Corvettes to Cruisers and future large Aircraft Carriers. Ashore, a barracks will be established to house up to 10,000 soldiers in addition to the administrative personnel for the ‘East Africa Station’ which will headquartered at Guardafuul. That barracks will be established alongside the naval air station, which will dually serve as the local air field east of the Bay upon Cape Guardafuul (10.41944° N, 51.34857° E). There at the air station, some 100+ aircraft could be housed and operated by the Naval Air Corps or RSA Air Force in addition to civil aircraft.[/sub]

[sub]In all, the three new bases in East Africa will greatly enhance South Africa’s standing in global affairs, even beyond the current crisis. HMJB Blackhead is expected to become operation by the beginning of Fall, 1942, with the Hanish Islands facilities opening in November of 1942, and HMS Guardafuul early next year.[/sub]

[list][pre]________________[/pre]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler][/list]

Paramountica, Paseo, Nevbrejnovitz, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Otsla, Pontianus, Vancouver Straits, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance

Assembled with Dot's Region Saver.
Written by Refuge Isle.